1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 #include "blockinput.h"
28 #include "syssignal.h"
30 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
31 if this is not done before the other system files. */
33 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
35 /* If we have Xfixes extension, use it for pointer blanking. */
37 #include <X11/extensions/Xfixes.h>
40 /* Using Xft implies that XRender is available. */
42 #include <X11/extensions/Xrender.h>
45 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
46 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
48 #include <sys/types.h>
51 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
58 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
59 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
62 #include "character.h"
65 #include "dispextern.h"
67 #include "termhooks.h"
70 #include "emacs-icon.h"
75 #include "intervals.h"
80 #include "xsettings.h"
82 #include "sysselect.h"
86 #include <X11/Shell.h>
94 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
98 #if defined (USE_LUCID) || defined (USE_MOTIF)
99 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
103 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
105 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
106 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
108 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
110 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
111 #if defined USE_MOTIF
112 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* For LESSTIF_VERSION */
113 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
114 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
117 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
118 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
119 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
120 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
121 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
122 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
123 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
125 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
126 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
127 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
128 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
130 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
134 #ifndef XtNinitialState
135 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
139 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
142 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
145 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
149 bool use_xim
= false; /* configure --without-xim */
152 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
155 static bool any_help_event_p
;
157 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
160 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
164 /* The application context for Xt use. */
165 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
166 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
168 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
169 static bool toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
171 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
173 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
174 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
175 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
177 static Time ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
179 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
181 static int x_noop_count
;
184 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
185 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
188 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
189 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
193 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
198 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
199 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
200 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
201 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
203 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
204 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
205 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
207 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
208 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
209 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
210 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
211 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
214 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
215 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, bool, int, int);
216 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
217 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
218 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
219 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
220 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
221 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
222 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
223 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
224 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
225 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
226 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
227 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
228 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
229 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
230 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
231 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
232 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
233 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
234 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
236 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
237 enum glyph_row_area
, GC
);
238 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
239 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
240 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
241 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
, int);
242 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
243 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
244 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
246 static void x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
247 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
248 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
250 static bool x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, const XPropertyEvent
*);
251 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
252 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
253 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, bool);
254 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*,
255 const XEvent
*, int *,
256 struct input_event
*);
257 #if ! (defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_MOTIF)
258 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
260 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
261 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
262 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *, bool);
263 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
264 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
265 static void x_initialize (void);
267 static bool get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*, Window
, int *, bool *);
269 /* Flush display of frame F. */
272 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
274 eassert (f
&& FRAME_X_P (f
));
275 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
276 connection may be broken. */
277 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
281 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
286 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
287 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
288 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
289 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
290 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
293 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
296 /***********************************************************************
298 ***********************************************************************/
302 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
303 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
311 struct record event_record
[100];
313 int event_record_index
;
316 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
318 if (event_record_index
== ARRAYELTS (event_record
))
319 event_record_index
= 0;
321 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
322 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
323 event_record_index
++;
330 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
332 struct x_display_info
*
333 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
335 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
337 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
338 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
345 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
347 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
348 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
349 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
351 while (wi
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
355 unsigned int nchildren
;
358 if (XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
))
367 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
370 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
372 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
373 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
374 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
376 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
380 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
385 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
386 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
387 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
388 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
392 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
394 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
397 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
399 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
401 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
402 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
403 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
404 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
406 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
408 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
409 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
410 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1);
412 /* return unless necessary */
417 unsigned long n
, left
;
419 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
420 0, 1, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
421 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
424 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
426 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
436 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
437 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
438 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1);
442 /***********************************************************************
443 Starting and ending an update
444 ***********************************************************************/
446 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
447 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
448 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
449 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
450 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
453 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
459 /* Start update of window W. */
462 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
464 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
465 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
467 w
->output_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
471 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
473 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
474 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= true;
476 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
478 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
479 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
486 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
489 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
491 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
494 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
496 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
499 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
500 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
503 /* Draw a window divider from (x0,y0) to (x1,y1) */
506 x_draw_window_divider (struct window
*w
, int x0
, int x1
, int y0
, int y1
)
508 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
509 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FACE_ID
);
510 struct face
*face_first
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FIRST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
511 struct face
*face_last
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_LAST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
512 unsigned long color
= face
? face
->foreground
: FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
513 unsigned long color_first
= (face_first
514 ? face_first
->foreground
515 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
516 unsigned long color_last
= (face_last
517 ? face_last
->foreground
518 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
519 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
520 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
522 if (y1
- y0
> x1
- x0
&& x1
- x0
> 2)
525 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
526 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
528 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
529 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
530 x0
+ 1, y0
, x1
- x0
- 2, y1
- y0
);
531 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
532 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
533 x1
- 1, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
535 else if (x1
- x0
> y1
- y0
&& y1
- y0
> 3)
538 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
539 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
541 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
542 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
543 x0
, y0
+ 1, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
- 2);
544 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
545 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
546 x0
, y1
- 1, x1
- x0
, 1);
550 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
551 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
552 x0
, y0
, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
);
556 /* End update of window W.
558 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
559 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
561 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
562 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
563 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
565 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
566 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
570 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, bool cursor_on_p
,
571 bool mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
573 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
578 display_and_set_cursor (w
, true,
579 w
->output_cursor
.hpos
, w
->output_cursor
.vpos
,
580 w
->output_cursor
.x
, w
->output_cursor
.y
);
582 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, true))
584 if (WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
))
585 x_draw_right_divider (w
);
587 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
593 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
594 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
595 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
597 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
599 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
600 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
601 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
606 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
610 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
612 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
613 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= false;
617 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
623 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
624 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
627 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
630 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
634 /* Clear under internal border if any (GTK has its own version). */
637 x_clear_under_internal_border (struct frame
*f
)
639 if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
641 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
642 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
643 int border
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
644 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
645 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
646 int margin
= FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
);
649 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, 0, border
, height
);
650 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, margin
, width
, border
);
651 x_clear_area (display
, window
, width
- border
, 0, border
, height
);
652 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, height
- border
, width
, border
);
658 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
659 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
660 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
661 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
662 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
665 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
669 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
670 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= true;
673 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
674 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
675 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
676 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
677 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
678 overhead is very small. */
683 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
684 && desired_row
->full_width_p
685 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
686 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
688 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
691 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
694 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
695 0, y
, width
, height
);
696 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
697 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
706 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
708 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
709 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
710 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
711 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
712 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
714 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
715 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, ANY_AREA
, gc
);
717 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
719 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
720 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
721 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
722 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
724 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
726 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
728 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
729 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
732 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
738 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
739 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
743 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
745 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
747 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
749 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
751 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
752 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
754 face
->background
, depth
);
758 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
759 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
762 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
763 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
764 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
765 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
768 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
769 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
770 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
774 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
775 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
776 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
780 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
783 /***********************************************************************
785 ***********************************************************************/
789 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
790 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
791 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
792 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
793 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
794 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
795 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
796 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
797 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
798 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
799 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
800 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
801 unsigned long *, double, int);
802 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
803 double, int, unsigned long);
804 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
805 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
806 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
807 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
808 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
809 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
811 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
812 int, bool, bool, bool, bool, bool,
814 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
815 int, bool, bool, XRectangle
*);
816 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
819 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
823 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
827 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
829 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
830 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
831 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
833 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
836 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
840 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
841 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
843 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
844 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
845 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
846 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
847 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
848 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
849 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
851 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
852 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
853 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
855 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
856 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
859 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
860 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
861 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
863 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
864 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
867 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
868 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
870 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
875 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
878 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
883 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
884 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
885 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
887 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
889 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
890 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
892 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
893 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
894 prepare_face_for_display (s
->f
, s
->face
);
896 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
900 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
905 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
906 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
907 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
908 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
910 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
911 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
914 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
915 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
917 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
920 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
924 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
925 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
926 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
929 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
935 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
936 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
940 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
942 prepare_face_for_display (s
->f
, s
->face
);
944 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
947 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
949 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
951 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
952 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
954 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
957 s
->stippled_p
= false;
959 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
961 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
962 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
964 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
965 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
968 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
973 /* GC must have been set. */
974 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
978 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
979 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
982 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
984 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
985 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
988 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
993 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
994 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
998 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1003 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1005 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1008 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1013 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1016 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1019 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1020 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1022 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1024 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1026 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1027 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1030 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1031 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1032 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1036 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1038 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1040 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1041 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1042 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1046 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1047 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1052 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1055 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1058 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1059 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1060 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1061 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1065 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1066 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1067 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1068 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1069 contains the first component of a composition. */
1072 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1074 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1075 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1076 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1078 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1082 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1083 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1084 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1085 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1086 s
->background_width
,
1087 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1088 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1089 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
1091 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1092 || s
->font_not_found_p
1093 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1096 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1097 s
->background_width
,
1098 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1099 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
1105 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1108 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1112 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1113 of S to the right of that box line. */
1114 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1115 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1116 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1120 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1122 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1124 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1126 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1127 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1128 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1130 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1135 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1136 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1139 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1140 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1142 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1144 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1145 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, false);
1147 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, true);
1148 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1149 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1153 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1156 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1159 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1161 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1162 of S to the right of that box line. */
1163 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1164 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1165 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1169 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1170 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1171 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1172 this composition. */
1174 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1175 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1176 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1178 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1179 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1180 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1182 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1186 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1187 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1188 space on the left or right. */
1189 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1191 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1192 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1194 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, false);
1195 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1196 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, false);
1201 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1206 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1208 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1209 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1210 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1213 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1217 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, false);
1218 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1219 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1222 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1223 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1224 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1225 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, false);
1226 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1227 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
,
1236 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, false);
1237 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1238 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1244 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1247 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1249 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1253 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1254 of S to the right of that box line. */
1255 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1256 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1257 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1263 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1265 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1266 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1268 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1271 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1272 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1276 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1277 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1278 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1279 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1280 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1281 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1284 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1286 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1287 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1288 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
+ 0u);
1294 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1297 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1298 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1300 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1301 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1303 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1304 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1305 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1307 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1308 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1309 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1312 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1313 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1314 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1315 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1316 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1317 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1321 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1325 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1326 cannot be determined. */
1328 static struct frame
*
1329 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1331 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1332 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1335 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1337 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1338 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1339 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1340 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1341 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1342 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1344 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1345 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1346 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1350 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1351 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1352 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1358 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1359 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1360 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1361 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1362 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1363 Value is true if successful. */
1366 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1367 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1369 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1370 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1373 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1376 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1377 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1379 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1381 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) offsetof (WidgetRec
, core
.screen
),
1383 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) offsetof (WidgetRec
, core
.colormap
),
1388 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1389 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1391 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1394 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1396 DPY is the display we are working on.
1398 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1399 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1400 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1401 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1403 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1404 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1406 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1407 we allocated the color or not.
1409 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1412 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1413 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1414 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1424 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1425 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1427 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1431 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1432 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1433 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1435 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1437 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1438 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1440 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1442 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1443 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1445 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1446 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1448 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1449 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1454 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1456 params
[0] = color_name
;
1457 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1458 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1459 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1464 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1466 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1468 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1472 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1476 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1477 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1480 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1485 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1486 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1487 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1489 APP is the application context in which we work.
1491 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1492 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1493 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1495 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1498 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1503 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1505 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1508 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1510 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1511 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1512 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1513 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1514 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1519 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1522 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1523 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1524 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1525 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1527 static const XColor
*
1528 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1530 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1532 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1534 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1535 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1538 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1539 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1540 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1542 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1543 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1545 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1546 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1549 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1550 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1554 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1555 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1558 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1560 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1562 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1565 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1567 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1568 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1569 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1570 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1574 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1578 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1579 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1582 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1584 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1588 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1589 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1590 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1594 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1598 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1601 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1602 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1603 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1604 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1606 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1607 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1608 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1610 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1612 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1614 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1615 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1616 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1617 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1619 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1622 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1626 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1627 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1628 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1629 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1633 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1634 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1635 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1636 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1637 XColor
*cached_color
;
1639 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1640 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1641 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1642 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1643 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1645 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1646 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1647 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1651 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1653 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1654 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1660 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1661 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1662 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1666 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1668 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1669 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1673 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1674 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1675 get color reference counts right. */
1678 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, unsigned long pixel
)
1682 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1684 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1685 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1687 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1688 register_color (pixel
);
1694 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1697 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1698 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1699 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1700 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1701 use an additional additive factor.
1703 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1704 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1705 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1708 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1709 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1710 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1711 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1712 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1713 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1716 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1717 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1723 /* Get RGB color values. */
1724 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1725 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1727 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1728 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1729 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1730 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1731 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1733 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1734 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1736 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1737 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1738 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1739 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1740 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1742 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1743 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1744 /* The additive adjustment. */
1745 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1749 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1750 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1751 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1755 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1756 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1757 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1761 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1762 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1765 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1767 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1768 delta to the RGB values. */
1769 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1771 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1772 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1773 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1774 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1785 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1786 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1787 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1788 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1789 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1790 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1793 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
,
1794 int delta
, unsigned long default_pixel
)
1797 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1798 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1799 unsigned long pixel
;
1800 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1801 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1802 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1803 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1805 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1806 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1808 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1809 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1810 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1811 if (relief
->gc
&& relief
->pixel
!= -1)
1813 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1817 /* Allocate new color. */
1818 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1820 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1821 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1822 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1824 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1826 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1828 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1831 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1835 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1838 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1840 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1841 unsigned long color
;
1843 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1844 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1845 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1847 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1848 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1853 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1854 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1855 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1858 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1859 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1861 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1862 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1863 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1864 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1865 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1870 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1871 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1872 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P means draw a raised
1873 relief. LEFT_P means draw a relief on the left side of
1874 the rectangle. RIGHT_P means draw a relief on the right
1875 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1879 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1880 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
,
1881 int width
, bool raised_p
, bool top_p
, bool bot_p
,
1882 bool left_p
, bool right_p
,
1883 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1885 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1886 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1891 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1893 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1894 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1896 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1897 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1898 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
1905 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1906 left_x
+ left_p
, top_y
,
1907 right_x
+ !right_p
, top_y
);
1909 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1910 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1911 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
1912 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
1919 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1921 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1922 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1924 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
1925 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1926 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1927 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1930 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1932 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1934 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1935 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1939 /* Outermost top line. */
1941 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1942 left_x
+ left_p
, top_y
,
1943 right_x
+ !right_p
, top_y
);
1945 /* Outermost left line. */
1947 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1953 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1954 left_x
+ left_p
, bottom_y
,
1955 right_x
+ !right_p
, bottom_y
);
1956 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1957 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1958 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
1959 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
1965 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1966 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1967 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
1968 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1969 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1970 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1973 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1977 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
1978 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
1979 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P means draw a line on the
1980 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P means draw a line
1981 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
1982 rectangle to use when drawing. */
1985 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
1986 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1987 bool left_p
, bool right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1991 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
1992 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
1993 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1996 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1997 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2001 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2002 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2005 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2006 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2010 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2011 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2013 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2014 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2018 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2021 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2023 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
;
2024 bool raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2025 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2026 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2028 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2029 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2030 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2032 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2033 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2035 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2037 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2038 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2040 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2042 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2044 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2046 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2047 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2049 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2050 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2051 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2053 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2055 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2057 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2058 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2059 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2062 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2063 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2064 width
, raised_p
, true, true, left_p
, right_p
,
2070 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2073 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2076 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2078 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2079 right of that line. */
2080 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2081 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2083 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2085 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2087 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2088 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2089 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2090 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2096 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2097 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2098 trust on the shape extension to be available
2099 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2101 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2104 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2106 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2107 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2108 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2109 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2110 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2112 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2115 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2116 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2117 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2118 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2119 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2120 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2124 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2126 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2129 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2130 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2131 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2132 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2133 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2134 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2136 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2137 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2138 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2139 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2140 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2141 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2142 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2144 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2145 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2146 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2147 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2148 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2153 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2154 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2155 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2159 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2162 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2165 bool raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2166 int extra_x
, extra_y
;
2169 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2171 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2172 right of that line. */
2173 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2174 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2176 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2178 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2180 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2181 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2182 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2183 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2185 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2186 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2188 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2189 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2193 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2194 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2197 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
2198 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
2200 extra_x
= extra_y
= 0;
2201 if (s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
)
2203 if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
2204 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2205 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)))
2207 extra_x
= XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2208 extra_y
= XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2210 else if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2211 extra_x
= extra_y
= XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
2214 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= false;
2216 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2217 x
-= thick
+ extra_x
, left_p
= true;
2218 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2219 y
-= thick
+ extra_y
, top_p
= true;
2220 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
2221 x1
+= thick
+ extra_x
, right_p
= true;
2222 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
2223 y1
+= thick
+ extra_y
, bot_p
= true;
2225 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2226 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2227 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2228 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
2232 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2235 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2238 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2240 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2241 right of that line. */
2242 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2243 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2245 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2247 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2249 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2250 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2251 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2252 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2258 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2259 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2260 trust on the shape extension to be available
2261 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2263 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2267 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2268 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2269 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2270 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2271 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2273 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2274 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2275 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2276 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2280 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2281 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2282 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2284 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2285 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2286 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2287 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2288 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2289 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2290 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2292 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2293 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2294 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2295 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2300 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2301 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2302 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2306 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2307 give the rectangle to draw. */
2310 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2314 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2315 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2316 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2317 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2320 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2324 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2327 s->x +-------------------------
2330 | +-------------------------
2333 | | +-------------------
2339 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2341 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2342 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2344 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2347 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2348 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2349 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2350 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2352 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2353 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2355 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2356 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2360 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2361 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2365 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2366 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2367 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2368 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2369 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2371 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2372 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2373 s
->background_width
,
2376 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2378 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2380 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2383 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2384 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2385 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2386 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2387 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2388 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2389 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2394 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2396 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2397 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2398 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2399 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2406 int width
= s
->background_width
;
2408 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2411 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2412 width
-= box_line_hwidth
;
2415 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2416 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2418 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
2421 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
2424 /* Draw the foreground. */
2427 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2428 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2429 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2430 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2431 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2434 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2436 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2438 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2439 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2440 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2444 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2447 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2449 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2451 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2452 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2454 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2455 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2456 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2459 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2461 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2465 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2471 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2473 int right_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2475 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2476 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2477 x
+= background_width
;
2479 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2480 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2484 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2486 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2487 if (width
< background_width
)
2490 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2494 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2498 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2499 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2501 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2507 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2508 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2510 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2512 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2513 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2514 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2515 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2520 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2521 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2522 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2523 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2526 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, gc
, None
);
2529 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2531 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2532 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2534 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2535 except for header line and mode line. */
2536 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2538 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2541 if (background_width
> 0)
2542 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2545 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
2549 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2555 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2560 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2562 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
2563 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, xmax
;
2565 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2568 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2570 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
2574 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2578 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
2579 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
2580 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2582 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2585 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2587 /* Draw the waves */
2589 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2591 odd
= (x1
/ dx
) & 1;
2599 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2604 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2606 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2610 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2611 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2615 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2618 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2620 bool relief_drawn_p
= false;
2622 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2623 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2624 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2625 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2628 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2630 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2631 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2632 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2633 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2635 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2636 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2637 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2638 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2640 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, true);
2641 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2645 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2646 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2648 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2649 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2650 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2651 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2652 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2653 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2656 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2657 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
2658 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2659 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2660 relief_drawn_p
= true;
2662 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2664 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2665 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2666 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2667 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2668 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2669 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2671 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2673 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2676 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2680 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2684 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2685 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
2687 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, false);
2688 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2691 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2692 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2693 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2694 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
2696 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
2697 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2700 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2701 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2702 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
2704 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
2705 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2712 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2714 /* Draw underline. */
2715 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2717 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2719 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2720 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2724 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2725 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2726 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2727 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2730 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2732 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2735 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
2736 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2738 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2739 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2740 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2744 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2745 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2746 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2749 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2750 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2753 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2754 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2755 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2756 specs, and its default is
2758 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2759 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2761 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2762 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2763 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2765 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2767 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2769 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2771 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2772 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2773 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2774 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2775 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2776 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2777 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2778 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2779 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2780 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2781 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2782 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2786 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2787 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2788 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2789 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2790 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2794 /* Draw overline. */
2795 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2797 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2799 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2800 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2805 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2806 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2807 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2809 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2813 /* Draw strike-through. */
2814 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2816 unsigned long h
= 1;
2817 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2819 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2820 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2825 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2826 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2827 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2829 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2833 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2834 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2835 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2839 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2841 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2842 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2843 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2845 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2846 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2847 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2850 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2851 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2852 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2853 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2855 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2856 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2858 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2864 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2866 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2867 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2868 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2870 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2871 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2872 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2875 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2876 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2877 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2878 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2880 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2881 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2883 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2884 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2889 /* Reset clipping. */
2890 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2894 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2897 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2899 /* Never called on a GUI frame, see
2900 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2015-05/msg00456.html
2902 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2903 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2904 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2908 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2912 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2918 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2919 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2922 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
2924 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2925 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
2929 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2932 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2934 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2936 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2940 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2942 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
2943 something like that, then they should be notified. */
2944 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2946 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2947 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2948 redisplay, do it here. */
2949 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2950 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2953 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2958 /* RIF: Show hourglass cursor on frame F. */
2961 x_show_hourglass (struct frame
*f
)
2963 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2967 struct x_output
*x
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
);
2968 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
2971 if (FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
))
2974 x
->hourglass_p
= true;
2976 if (!x
->hourglass_window
)
2978 unsigned long mask
= CWCursor
;
2979 XSetWindowAttributes attrs
;
2981 Window parent
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2983 Window parent
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
2985 attrs
.cursor
= x
->hourglass_cursor
;
2987 x
->hourglass_window
= XCreateWindow
2988 (dpy
, parent
, 0, 0, 32000, 32000, 0, 0,
2989 InputOnly
, CopyFromParent
, mask
, &attrs
);
2992 XMapRaised (dpy
, x
->hourglass_window
);
2998 /* RIF: Cancel hourglass cursor on frame F. */
3001 x_hide_hourglass (struct frame
*f
)
3003 struct x_output
*x
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
);
3005 /* Watch out for newly created frames. */
3006 if (x
->hourglass_window
)
3008 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), x
->hourglass_window
);
3009 /* Sync here because XTread_socket looks at the
3010 hourglass_p flag that is reset to zero below. */
3011 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
3012 x
->hourglass_p
= false;
3016 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3019 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3025 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3026 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3027 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3029 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3030 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3031 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3032 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3034 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3038 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3041 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3042 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3043 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3044 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3045 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3046 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3047 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, true, x, y, w, h)
3048 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3049 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3052 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3053 pixels into background pixels. */
3057 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3058 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3059 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3061 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3062 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3066 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3067 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
3068 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3069 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3070 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3071 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3072 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3073 int width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3075 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3076 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3078 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3080 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3081 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3082 width
, flash_height
);
3083 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3085 (height
- flash_height
3086 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3087 width
, flash_height
);
3091 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3092 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3093 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3094 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3099 struct timespec delay
= make_timespec (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3100 struct timespec wakeup
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), delay
);
3102 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3104 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3106 struct timespec current
= current_timespec ();
3107 struct timespec timeout
;
3109 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3110 if (timespec_cmp (wakeup
, current
) <= 0)
3113 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3114 timeout
= make_timespec (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3116 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3117 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3121 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3122 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3124 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3126 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3127 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3128 width
, flash_height
);
3129 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3131 (height
- flash_height
3132 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3133 width
, flash_height
);
3136 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3137 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3138 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3139 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3145 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3147 #undef XFillRectangle
3149 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3160 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
3163 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, invisible
);
3168 /* Make audible bell. */
3171 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3173 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3181 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
3183 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3185 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3191 /***********************************************************************
3193 ***********************************************************************/
3195 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3196 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3199 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3205 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3208 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3210 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3211 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3213 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3214 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3216 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3218 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3219 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3220 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3224 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3225 line at the bottom. */
3226 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3227 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3229 height
= run
->height
;
3233 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3235 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3236 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3238 height
= run
->height
;
3243 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3246 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3247 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3248 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3258 /***********************************************************************
3260 ***********************************************************************/
3264 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3266 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3267 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3268 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3269 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3271 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3272 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3273 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3274 because of this (bug#9310). */
3275 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3276 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3277 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3278 x_uncatch_errors ();
3280 x_update_cursor (f
, true);
3281 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3285 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3287 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3288 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3289 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3290 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3292 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3293 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3294 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3295 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3296 x_uncatch_errors ();
3298 x_update_cursor (f
, true);
3299 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3302 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3303 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3304 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3305 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3306 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3309 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3311 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3313 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3315 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3316 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3317 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3319 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3320 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3322 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3323 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3325 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
3328 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3331 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3332 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3333 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3336 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3338 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3340 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3342 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3343 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3345 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3346 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3347 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
3348 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3349 || ! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (Vterminal_frame
))
3350 || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
3351 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3352 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3354 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3355 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3358 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3361 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3362 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3365 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3367 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3369 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3371 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3372 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3374 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
3375 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3379 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3380 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3382 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3383 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, false);
3387 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an X window.
3388 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
3390 static struct frame
*
3391 x_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3393 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3399 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3402 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3404 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3406 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3407 if ((f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3408 && XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
) == wdesc
)
3409 /* A tooltip frame? */
3410 || (!f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3411 && FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3412 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3414 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3416 if (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
)
3418 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3419 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3420 if (gwdesc
!= 0 && gwdesc
== x
->edit_widget
)
3423 #endif /* USE_GTK */
3424 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
3425 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3427 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3432 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
3434 /* Like x_window_to_frame but also compares the window with the widget's
3437 static struct frame
*
3438 x_any_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3440 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3441 struct frame
*f
, *found
= NULL
;
3447 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3452 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
3454 /* This frame matches if the window is any of its widgets. */
3455 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3456 if (x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3461 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3463 && gtk_widget_get_toplevel (gwdesc
) == x
->widget
)
3466 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
)
3467 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->column_widget
)
3468 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->edit_widget
))
3470 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3471 else if (lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3475 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3476 /* A tooltip frame. */
3484 /* Likewise, but consider only the menu bar widget. */
3486 static struct frame
*
3487 x_menubar_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
3488 const XEvent
*event
)
3490 Window wdesc
= event
->xany
.window
;
3491 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3498 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3501 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3503 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3505 if (x
->menubar_widget
&& xg_event_is_for_menubar (f
, event
))
3508 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3509 if (x
->menubar_widget
3510 && lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3517 /* Return the frame whose principal (outermost) window is WDESC.
3518 If WDESC is some other (smaller) window, we return 0. */
3521 x_top_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3523 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3530 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3533 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3535 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3539 /* This frame matches if the window is its topmost widget. */
3541 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3542 if (gwdesc
== x
->widget
)
3545 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
))
3549 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3550 /* Tooltip frame. */
3556 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT && !USE_GTK */
3558 #define x_any_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3559 #define x_top_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3561 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
3563 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3564 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3566 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3569 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
,
3570 const XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3575 switch (event
->type
)
3580 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3582 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3584 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3585 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3586 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3587 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3589 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3595 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3596 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3597 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3598 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3602 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3604 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3605 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3606 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3613 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3614 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3617 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3619 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3623 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3624 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3625 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3627 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3628 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3629 the appropriate X display info. */
3632 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3634 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3638 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3640 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3642 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3644 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3645 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3646 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3647 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3648 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3650 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3651 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3655 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3657 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3660 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3661 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3662 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3668 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3670 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3672 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3674 int min_code
, max_code
;
3677 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3679 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3680 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3681 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3682 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3683 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3685 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3687 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3688 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3690 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3692 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3693 Alt keysyms are on. */
3695 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3696 bool found_alt_or_meta
;
3698 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3700 found_alt_or_meta
= false;
3701 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3703 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3705 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3709 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3713 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3715 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3721 found_alt_or_meta
= true;
3722 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3727 found_alt_or_meta
= true;
3728 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3733 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3734 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3735 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3736 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3741 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3742 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3743 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3744 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3748 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3749 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3750 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3751 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3752 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3761 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3762 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3764 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3765 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3768 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3769 make them just meta, not alt. */
3770 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3772 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3776 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3779 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3783 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3785 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3786 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3787 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3788 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3791 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3792 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3793 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3794 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3795 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3796 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3797 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3798 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3800 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3801 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3802 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3803 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3804 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3805 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3809 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3811 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3812 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3813 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3814 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3818 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3819 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3820 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3821 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3822 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3823 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3824 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3825 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3828 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3829 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3830 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3831 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3832 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3833 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3836 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3839 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3844 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3850 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah.
3852 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
3853 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
3854 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
3855 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
3857 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
3859 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
3860 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
3861 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
3862 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
3863 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
3864 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
3865 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
3866 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
3867 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
3870 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3872 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3876 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
,
3877 const XButtonEvent
*event
,
3880 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3882 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3883 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3884 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3885 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3887 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3891 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3892 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3893 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3898 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3899 The input handler calls this.
3901 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3902 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3903 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3904 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3907 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, const XMotionEvent
*event
)
3910 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3912 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3915 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
);
3916 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3917 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_frame
= frame
;
3918 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_x
= event
->x
;
3919 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_y
= event
->y
;
3921 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3923 frame
->mouse_moved
= true;
3924 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3925 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3926 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
3931 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3932 r
= &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
;
3933 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
3934 || event
->x
< r
->x
|| event
->x
>= r
->x
+ r
->width
3935 || event
->y
< r
->y
|| event
->y
>= r
->y
+ r
->height
)
3937 frame
->mouse_moved
= true;
3938 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3939 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3940 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3941 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, r
);
3942 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3949 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3950 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3952 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3953 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3954 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3955 position on the scroll bar.
3957 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3958 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3961 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3962 was at this position.
3964 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3966 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3970 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3971 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3975 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
3979 if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
&& insist
== 0)
3981 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
3983 if (bar
->horizontal
)
3984 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3986 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3993 Window dummy_window
;
3996 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3998 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3999 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4000 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
4001 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
4002 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= false;
4004 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
4006 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
4007 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4008 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
4010 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
4013 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
4014 a different screen. */
4017 /* The position on that root window. */
4020 /* More trash we can't trust. */
4023 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
4025 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
4027 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
4028 containing the pointer. */
4032 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
4036 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
4037 structure is changing at the same time this function
4038 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
4040 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
4042 if (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
))
4044 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
4045 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
4046 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4052 FRAME_X_WINDOW (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
),
4054 /* From-position, to-position. */
4055 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4059 f1
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
;
4065 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4067 /* From-window, to-window. */
4070 /* From-position, to-position. */
4071 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4076 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4079 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4080 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4081 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4082 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4083 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
))
4091 /* Now we know that:
4092 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4093 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4094 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4095 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4096 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4097 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4098 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4099 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4100 never use them in that case.) */
4103 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4104 want the edit window. */
4105 f1
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4107 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4108 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4111 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4112 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4115 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4116 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4118 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4121 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4124 x_uncatch_errors ();
4126 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4129 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4131 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
, 2);
4135 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4141 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4142 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4146 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4147 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4148 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4149 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4150 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4151 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4152 the frame are divided into. */
4154 /* FIXME: what if F1 is not an X frame? */
4155 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f1
);
4156 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
);
4157 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4160 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4162 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4163 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4164 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
4174 /***********************************************************************
4176 ***********************************************************************/
4178 /* Scroll bar support. */
4180 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4182 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4185 static struct scroll_bar
*
4186 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
, int type
)
4188 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4190 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4191 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4192 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4194 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4196 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4198 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4201 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4203 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4204 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4205 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4206 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4207 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4210 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4211 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
4212 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
4214 || (type
== 1 && XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->horizontal
)
4215 || (type
== 0 && !XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->horizontal
)))
4216 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4223 #if defined USE_LUCID
4225 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4226 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4229 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4231 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4233 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4234 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4236 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4238 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4244 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4247 /************************************************************************
4249 ************************************************************************/
4251 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4253 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, enum scroll_bar_part
,
4256 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4257 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4259 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4261 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4262 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4265 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4267 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4268 static XtActionHookId horizontal_action_hook_id
;
4270 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4272 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4273 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4274 to avoid jerkiness. */
4276 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4278 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4279 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4280 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4281 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4284 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4285 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4288 const char *end_action
;
4291 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4292 end_action
= "Release";
4293 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4294 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4295 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4296 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4299 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4300 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4303 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4305 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4306 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, false);
4307 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4308 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
4310 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
4313 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4314 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4316 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4317 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
4318 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
4320 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4321 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= false;
4327 xt_horizontal_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4328 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4331 const char *end_action
;
4334 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4335 end_action
= "Release";
4336 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4337 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4338 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4339 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4342 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4343 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4346 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4348 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4349 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, true);
4350 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4351 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
4353 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
4356 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4357 set_horizontal_scroll_bar (w
);
4359 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4360 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
4361 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
4363 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4364 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= false;
4367 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4369 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4370 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4371 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4372 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4375 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, enum scroll_bar_part part
,
4376 int portion
, int whole
, bool horizontal
)
4379 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
.xclient
;
4380 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4381 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4382 intptr_t iw
= (intptr_t) w
;
4383 enum { BITS_PER_INTPTR
= CHAR_BIT
* sizeof iw
};
4384 verify (BITS_PER_INTPTR
<= 64);
4385 int sign_shift
= BITS_PER_INTPTR
- 32;
4389 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4390 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4391 ev
->message_type
= (horizontal
4392 ? FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
4393 : FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
);
4394 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4395 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4398 /* A 32-bit X client on a 64-bit X server can pass a window pointer
4399 as-is. A 64-bit client on a 32-bit X server is in trouble
4400 because a pointer does not fit and would be truncated while
4401 passing through the server. So use two slots and hope that X12
4402 will resolve such issues someday. */
4403 ev
->data
.l
[0] = iw
>> 31 >> 1;
4404 ev
->data
.l
[1] = sign_shift
<= 0 ? iw
: iw
<< sign_shift
>> sign_shift
;
4405 ev
->data
.l
[2] = part
;
4406 ev
->data
.l
[3] = portion
;
4407 ev
->data
.l
[4] = whole
;
4409 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4410 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4411 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= true;
4412 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4415 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4416 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4417 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4418 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4423 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4427 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
4428 struct input_event
*ievent
)
4430 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
4434 /* See the comment in the function above. */
4435 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
4436 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4437 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
4438 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
4440 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4442 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4443 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4446 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4449 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4452 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4453 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4454 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4455 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4458 /* Transform a horizontal scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs
4459 input event in *IEVENT. */
4462 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
4463 struct input_event
*ievent
)
4465 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
4469 /* See the comment in the function above. */
4470 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
4471 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4472 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
4473 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
4475 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4477 ievent
->kind
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4478 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4481 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4484 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4487 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4488 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4489 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4490 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4496 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4498 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4500 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4501 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4502 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4505 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4507 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4508 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
4509 enum scroll_bar_part part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
4510 bool horizontal
= bar
->horizontal
;
4511 int whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4515 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4517 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4520 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4522 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_right_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4525 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4527 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4530 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4532 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_after_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4537 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_to_leftmost
: scroll_bar_to_top
;
4540 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4542 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_to_rightmost
: scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4550 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4555 portion
= bar
->whole
* ((float)cs
->value
/ XM_SB_MAX
);
4556 whole
= bar
->whole
* ((float)(XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
) / XM_SB_MAX
);
4557 portion
= min (portion
, whole
);
4558 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
4562 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4563 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4564 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4567 bar
->dragging
= cs
->value
;
4571 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4575 if (part
!= scroll_bar_nowhere
)
4577 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4578 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
,
4583 #elif defined USE_GTK
4585 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4586 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4589 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4590 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4594 int whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4595 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4596 enum scroll_bar_part part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
4597 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4598 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4600 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return false;
4604 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4605 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4606 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4607 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4609 if (bar
->horizontal
)
4611 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
4612 whole
= (int)(gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4613 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
));
4614 portion
= min ((int)value
, whole
);
4615 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4619 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4620 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4621 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4622 portion
= min ((int)value
, whole
);
4623 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4627 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4628 part
= (bar
->horizontal
4629 ? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_up_arrow
);
4632 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4633 part
= (bar
->horizontal
4634 ? scroll_bar_right_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
);
4637 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4638 part
= (bar
->horizontal
4639 ? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_above_handle
);
4642 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4643 part
= (bar
->horizontal
4644 ? scroll_bar_after_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
);
4649 if (part
!= scroll_bar_nowhere
)
4651 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4652 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
,
4659 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to -1 when dragging is done. */
4662 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4663 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4666 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4668 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4670 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4671 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, bar
->horizontal
);
4672 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4679 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4681 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4682 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4683 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4687 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4689 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4690 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
4691 float top
= *top_addr
;
4693 int whole
, portion
, height
, width
;
4694 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4695 bool horizontal
= bar
->horizontal
;
4700 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4702 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNwidth
, &width
, NULL
);
4707 whole
= bar
->whole
- (shown
* bar
->whole
);
4708 portion
= min (top
* bar
->whole
, whole
);
4716 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
4720 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4722 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4726 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4728 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4729 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4730 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4731 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4732 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4734 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4736 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4739 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4740 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4741 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4742 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
, bar
->horizontal
);
4746 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4747 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4748 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4749 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4750 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4751 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4752 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4755 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4757 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4758 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4759 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
4760 Dimension height
, width
;
4761 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4763 if (bar
->horizontal
)
4765 /* Get the width of the scroll bar. */
4767 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNwidth
, &width
, NULL
);
4770 if (eabs (position
) >= width
)
4771 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_after_handle
;
4773 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4774 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4775 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, width
/ 20))
4776 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_right_arrow
;
4778 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4780 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4782 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4783 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, width
,
4789 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4791 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4794 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4795 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4797 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4798 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4799 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4800 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4802 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4804 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4806 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4807 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
,
4812 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4814 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4815 #define SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME "horizontalScrollBar"
4817 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4818 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4822 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4824 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4827 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4828 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4834 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4836 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME
;
4839 xg_create_horizontal_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4840 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4845 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4848 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4854 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4855 unsigned long pixel
;
4860 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4861 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4862 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4863 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4864 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4865 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4866 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4867 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4869 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4872 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4876 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4879 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4883 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4884 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4886 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4887 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4889 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4891 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4893 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4895 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4897 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4899 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4902 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4903 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4905 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4906 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4907 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4908 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4910 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4912 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4913 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4914 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4915 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4916 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4917 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4918 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4919 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4921 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4924 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4928 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4931 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4935 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4937 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4938 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4940 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4943 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4944 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4945 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4947 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4950 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4952 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4955 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4956 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4957 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4959 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4963 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4964 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4965 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4966 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4967 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4968 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4969 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4972 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4973 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4977 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4978 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4979 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4981 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4983 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4986 /* Specify the colors. */
4987 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4990 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4993 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4996 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5002 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
5003 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
5006 char const *initial
= "";
5007 char const *val
= initial
;
5008 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
5009 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
5010 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
5012 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
5013 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
5014 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
5015 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
5016 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
5017 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
5021 /* Define callbacks. */
5022 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
5023 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
5026 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5027 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5029 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
5031 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
5032 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
5033 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
5034 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
5036 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
5037 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
5038 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
5039 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
5041 bar
->horizontal
= false;
5047 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5053 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME
;
5054 unsigned long pixel
;
5059 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
5060 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5061 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
5062 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
5063 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmHORIZONTAL
); ++ac
;
5064 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_RIGHT
), ++ac
;
5065 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5066 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5068 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5071 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
5075 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5078 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
5082 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
5083 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
5085 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
5086 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5088 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5090 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5092 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5094 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5096 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5098 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5101 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5102 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5104 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
5105 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
5106 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
5107 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
5109 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5111 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
5112 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
5113 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
5114 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
5115 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5116 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientHorizontal
); ++ac
;
5117 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
5118 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
5120 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5123 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
5127 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5130 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
5134 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
5136 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
5137 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5139 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5142 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5143 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
5144 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
5146 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
5149 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5151 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5154 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5155 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
5156 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
5158 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
5162 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
5163 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
5164 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
5165 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5166 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
5167 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
5168 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
5171 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
5172 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
5176 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
5177 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
5178 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
5180 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
5182 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
5185 /* Specify the colors. */
5186 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
5189 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5192 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
5195 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5201 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
5202 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
5205 char const *initial
= "";
5206 char const *val
= initial
;
5207 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
5208 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
5209 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
5211 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
5212 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
5213 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
5214 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
5215 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
5216 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
5220 /* Define callbacks. */
5221 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
5222 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
5225 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5226 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5228 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
5230 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
5231 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
5232 if (horizontal_action_hook_id
== 0)
5233 horizontal_action_hook_id
5234 = XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_horizontal_action_hook
, 0);
5236 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
5237 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
5238 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
5239 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
5241 bar
->horizontal
= true;
5245 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5248 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
5249 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
5253 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
5255 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5259 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
5261 xg_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5264 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5266 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
5269 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5270 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5277 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
5279 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
5280 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
5281 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
5282 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
5283 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
5284 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
5285 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
5286 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
5287 its size, the update will often happen too late.
5288 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
5289 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
5290 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
5291 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
5292 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
5300 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
5301 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
5304 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
5308 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
5309 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
5311 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
5313 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
5314 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
5315 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
5317 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
5319 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5325 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
5326 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
5330 float old_top
, old_shown
;
5332 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
5333 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
5334 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
5338 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
5339 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
5340 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
5343 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
5344 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
5345 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
5346 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
5348 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
5349 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
5350 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
5351 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
5352 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
5355 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
5356 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
5357 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
5358 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
5360 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
5361 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
5364 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
5365 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
5366 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
5368 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
5372 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
5378 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
5381 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5382 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5389 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
5390 top
= (float) position
/ (whole
- portion
);
5392 int size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
5393 int value
= clip_to_bounds (0, top
* (XM_SB_MAX
- size
), XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
5395 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
5397 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5403 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
5404 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
5408 float old_top
, old_shown
;
5410 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
5411 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
5412 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
5417 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
5418 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
5419 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
5422 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
5423 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
5424 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
5425 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
5427 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
5428 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
5429 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
5430 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
5431 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
5435 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
5436 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
5437 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
5438 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
5440 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
5442 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
5443 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
5446 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
5447 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
5448 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
5450 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
5455 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
5459 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5461 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5465 /************************************************************************
5466 Scroll bars, general
5467 ************************************************************************/
5469 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
5470 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
5471 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
5474 static struct scroll_bar
*
5475 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
,
5476 int width
, int height
, bool horizontal
)
5478 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5479 struct scroll_bar
*bar
5480 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
5485 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5487 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
5489 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
5490 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5492 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
5496 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5497 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
5498 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
5500 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
5501 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
5503 a
.cursor
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
5505 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
5507 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
5508 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
5509 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
5510 if (width
> 0 && window_box_height (w
) > 0)
5511 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5512 left
, top
, width
, window_box_height (w
));
5514 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5515 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
5516 left
, top
, width
, height
,
5517 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
5524 bar
->x_window
= window
;
5526 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5528 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
5532 bar
->height
= height
;
5536 bar
->horizontal
= horizontal
;
5537 #if defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS) && defined (USE_LUCID)
5538 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5541 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
5542 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5544 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5545 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5546 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
5547 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5549 /* Map the window/widget. */
5550 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5554 xg_update_horizontal_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
5555 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
5557 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
5558 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
5559 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5560 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5561 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
, left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
5562 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5563 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5565 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5566 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5567 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5574 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5576 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5578 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5579 redrawing it, unless REBUILD; in that case, always
5580 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5583 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5584 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5585 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5586 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5587 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5590 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
,
5593 bool dragging
= bar
->dragging
!= -1;
5594 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5595 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5596 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5598 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5600 && start
== bar
->start
5607 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5608 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5609 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5611 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5612 the distance between start and end. */
5614 int length
= end
- start
;
5618 else if (start
> top_range
)
5620 end
= start
+ length
;
5624 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5628 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5632 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5633 if (end
> top_range
)
5636 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5637 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5638 that many pixels tall. */
5639 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5641 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5642 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5643 if ((inside_width
> 0) && (start
> 0))
5644 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5645 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5646 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5647 inside_width
, start
);
5649 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5650 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5651 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5652 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5654 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5655 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5656 /* x, y, width, height */
5657 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5658 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5659 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5661 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5662 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5663 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5664 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5666 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5667 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5668 if ((inside_width
> 0) && (end
< inside_height
))
5669 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5670 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5671 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5672 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
);
5678 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5680 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5684 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5686 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5689 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5691 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5692 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5693 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5694 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5696 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5699 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5700 if (bar
->horizontal
)
5701 wset_horizontal_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5703 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5709 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5710 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5711 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5715 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5717 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5719 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5720 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
5721 int window_y
, window_height
;
5723 /* Get window dimensions. */
5724 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5726 height
= window_height
;
5727 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5728 width
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
5730 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5731 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5733 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5736 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5737 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5741 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, max (height
, 1), false);
5745 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5746 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5748 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5752 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
5754 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5756 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
5758 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5761 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5763 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5766 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5767 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5768 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5769 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5770 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5772 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
5773 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
5774 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5775 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5776 left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
5777 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5779 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5781 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5790 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5794 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5796 /* Remember new settings. */
5800 bar
->height
= height
;
5805 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5806 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5807 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5808 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5810 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
5812 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5815 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, false);
5818 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5819 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5820 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, false);
5823 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5825 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5826 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5831 XTset_horizontal_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5833 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5835 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5836 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
5837 int window_x
, window_width
;
5838 int pixel_width
= WINDOW_PIXEL_WIDTH (w
);
5840 /* Get window dimensions. */
5841 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &window_x
, 0, &window_width
, 0);
5843 width
= window_width
;
5844 top
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_Y (w
);
5845 height
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_HEIGHT (w
);
5847 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5848 if (NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
5850 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5854 /* Clear also part between window_width and
5855 WINDOW_PIXEL_WIDTH. */
5856 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5857 left
, top
, pixel_width
, height
);
5861 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
, true);
5865 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5866 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5868 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
5872 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
5874 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5876 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
5878 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5881 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5882 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5885 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5886 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5887 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5888 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5889 WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
), top
,
5890 pixel_width
- WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
), height
);
5892 xg_update_horizontal_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
, left
,
5894 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5895 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5896 left
, top
, width
, height
, 0);
5897 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5899 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5901 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5902 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5903 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5906 int area_height
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (w
);
5907 int rest
= area_height
- height
;
5908 if (rest
> 0 && width
> 0)
5909 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5910 left
, top
, width
, rest
);
5913 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5922 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5926 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5928 /* Remember new settings. */
5932 bar
->height
= height
;
5937 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5938 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5939 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5940 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5942 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
5944 int left_range
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, width
);
5947 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, left_range
, false);
5950 int start
= ((double) position
* left_range
) / whole
;
5951 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * left_range
) / whole
;
5952 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, false);
5955 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5957 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5958 wset_horizontal_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5962 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5963 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5964 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5965 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5966 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5967 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5968 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5970 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5971 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5972 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5975 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
5977 if (!NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5979 if (!NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5981 /* Prepend scrollbars to already condemned ones. */
5982 Lisp_Object last
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5984 while (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
))
5985 last
= XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
;
5987 XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5988 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= last
;
5991 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
));
5992 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, Qnil
);
5997 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5998 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
6001 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
)
6003 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6007 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
6008 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
) && NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6011 if (!NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
) && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR (w
))
6013 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
6014 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
6015 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
6016 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
6018 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
6020 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
6021 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
6023 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
6024 w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
6025 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
6027 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
6028 one or the other! */
6032 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
6034 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6035 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
6037 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6039 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6040 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
6041 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6042 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
6046 if (!NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
) && WINDOW_HAS_HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR (w
))
6048 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
6049 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
6050 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
6051 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
6053 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
6055 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6056 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
6058 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
6059 w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6060 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
6062 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
6063 one or the other! */
6067 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
6069 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6070 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
6072 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6074 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6075 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
6076 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6077 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
6081 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
6082 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
6085 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
6087 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
6089 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6091 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
6092 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
6093 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
6095 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
6097 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
6099 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
6102 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
6105 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
6106 and they should get garbage-collected. */
6110 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6111 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
6112 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
6114 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
6118 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, const XEvent
*event
)
6120 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
6121 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6122 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
6126 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, true);
6128 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
6129 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6130 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6131 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
6133 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
6134 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
6135 /* x, y, width, height */
6136 0, 0, bar
->width
- 1, bar
->height
- 1);
6138 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
6139 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6140 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6141 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
6146 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6148 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
6149 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
6151 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
6156 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
6157 const XEvent
*event
,
6158 struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
6160 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
6163 emacs_event
->kind
= (bar
->horizontal
6164 ? HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
6165 : SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
);
6166 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
6167 emacs_event
->modifiers
6168 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO
6169 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
6170 event
->xbutton
.state
)
6171 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
6174 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
6175 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
6176 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
6177 if (bar
->horizontal
)
6180 = HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, bar
->width
);
6181 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
- HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
;
6184 if (x
> left_range
) x
= left_range
;
6187 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_before_handle
;
6188 else if (x
< bar
->end
+ HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
6189 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
6191 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_after_handle
;
6193 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6194 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
6195 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
6197 int new_start
= - bar
->dragging
;
6198 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
6200 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
6205 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, left_range
);
6206 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, x
);
6211 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
6212 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
6215 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
6218 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
6219 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
6220 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
6222 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
6224 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6225 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
6226 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
6228 int new_start
= y
- bar
->dragging
;
6229 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
6231 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
6236 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
6237 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
6241 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6243 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
6245 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
6249 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
6250 const XMotionEvent
*event
)
6252 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
6253 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
6255 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
6256 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= bar
;
6257 f
->mouse_moved
= true;
6259 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
6260 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
6262 /* Where should the handle be now? */
6263 int new_start
= event
->y
- bar
->dragging
;
6265 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
6267 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
6269 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
6274 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6276 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
6277 on the scroll bar. */
6280 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
6281 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
6282 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
6284 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
6285 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
6286 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
6287 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6289 Window dummy_window
;
6291 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
6295 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
6297 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
6299 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
6300 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
6301 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
6303 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
6306 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
6309 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
6311 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
6313 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
6314 win_y
-= bar
->dragging
;
6318 if (win_y
> top_range
)
6322 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
6324 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
6325 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
6326 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
6327 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
6328 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
6329 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
6331 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
6333 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
6334 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
6336 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
6337 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
6338 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
6345 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
6346 on the scroll bar. */
6349 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
6350 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
6351 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
6353 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
6354 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
6355 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
6356 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6358 Window dummy_window
;
6360 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
6364 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
6366 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
6368 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
6369 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
6370 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
6372 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
6375 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
6378 int left_range
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, bar
->width
);
6380 win_x
-= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
;
6382 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
6383 win_x
-= bar
->dragging
;
6387 if (win_x
> left_range
)
6391 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
6393 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
6394 *part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
6395 else if (win_x
< bar
->start
)
6396 *part
= scroll_bar_before_handle
;
6397 else if (win_x
< bar
->end
+ HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
6398 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
6400 *part
= scroll_bar_after_handle
;
6402 XSETINT (*y
, win_x
);
6403 XSETINT (*x
, left_range
);
6405 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
6406 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
6407 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
6414 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
6415 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
6416 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
6420 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
6422 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6425 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
6426 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
6427 But in that case we should not clear them. */
6428 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
6429 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
6430 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
6431 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
6432 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
6434 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6437 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
6439 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
6440 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
6442 static int temp_index
;
6443 static short temp_buffer
[100];
6445 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
6446 if (temp_index == ARRAYELTS (temp_buffer)) \
6448 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
6450 #else /* not ENABLE_CHECKING */
6452 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) ((void)0)
6454 #endif /* ENABLE_CHECKING */
6456 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
6457 on a particular display. */
6459 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
6461 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
6462 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
6463 We try all the open displays, one by one.
6464 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
6466 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
6475 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
6476 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
6477 EVENT is the X event to filter.
6479 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
6481 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
6485 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
6487 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
6488 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
6489 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
6492 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
6493 event
->xclient
.window
);
6495 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
6500 static int current_count
;
6501 static int current_finish
;
6502 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
6504 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
6505 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
6506 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
6507 static GdkFilterReturn
6508 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
6510 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
6513 if (current_count
>= 0)
6515 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6517 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
6520 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
6521 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
6522 so we do it here. */
6523 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
6525 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
6528 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
6533 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6536 += handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
6540 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
6544 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
6545 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
6547 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
6549 #endif /* USE_GTK */
6552 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
6553 enum xembed_message
,
6554 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
6557 x_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, Window window
)
6559 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
6560 Lisp_Object lval
= Qnil
;
6561 bool sticky
= false;
6563 get_current_wm_state (f
, window
, &value
, &sticky
);
6567 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
6570 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
6573 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
6576 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
6581 frame_size_history_add
6582 (f
, Qx_net_wm_state
, 0, 0,
6583 list2 (get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
), lval
));
6585 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
6586 /** store_frame_param (f, Qsticky, sticky ? Qt : Qnil); **/
6589 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
6591 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
6592 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
6593 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
6594 *EVENT is unchanged unless we're processing KeyPress event.
6596 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
6599 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
6600 const XEvent
*event
,
6601 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
6604 struct input_event ie
;
6605 struct selection_input_event sie
;
6609 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
6610 struct frame
*any
, *f
= NULL
;
6611 struct coding_system coding
;
6612 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
6613 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
6614 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
6615 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
6616 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. */
6617 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
6621 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6623 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
6624 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
6627 any
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
6629 if (any
&& any
->wait_event_type
== event
->type
)
6630 any
->wait_event_type
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
6632 switch (event
->type
)
6636 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
6637 && event
->xclient
.format
== 32)
6639 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
6641 /* Use the value returned by x_any_window_to_frame
6642 because this could be the shell widget window
6643 if the frame has no title bar. */
6646 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
6647 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
6648 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
6651 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
6652 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
6653 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
6654 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
6655 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
6658 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
6659 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
6660 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
6661 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
6664 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
6665 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
6666 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
6669 Display
*d
= event
->xclient
.display
;
6670 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
6671 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
6673 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
->xclient
.window
,
6674 /* The ICCCM says this is
6675 the only valid choice. */
6677 event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
6678 /* This is needed to detect the error
6679 if there is an error. */
6681 x_uncatch_errors ();
6683 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
6688 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
6690 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
6691 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
6692 the session manager, who's looking for such a
6693 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
6694 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
6695 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
6696 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
6697 session manager and one for this. */
6699 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
6702 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
6703 event
->xclient
.window
);
6704 /* This is just so we only give real data once
6705 for a single Emacs process. */
6706 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
6707 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
6708 event
->xclient
.window
,
6709 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
6711 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
6712 event
->xclient
.window
,
6718 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
6722 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
6724 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6725 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6732 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
6735 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
6738 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
6740 new_x
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[0];
6741 new_y
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[1];
6745 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
6752 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
6756 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
,
6757 NULL
, (XEvent
*) event
, NULL
);
6760 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6762 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
6763 || event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
)
6765 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6766 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6767 currently never do because we are interested in
6768 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6769 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6770 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
6773 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6774 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6778 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6779 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6780 we construct an input_event. */
6781 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6783 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
6784 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6787 else if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
)
6789 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
6790 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6793 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6795 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6796 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6798 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6799 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6800 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6802 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6806 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
6811 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
->xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6812 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6816 case SelectionNotify
:
6817 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.time
);
6818 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6819 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.requestor
))
6821 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6822 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
->xselection
);
6825 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6826 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.time
);
6827 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6828 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.window
))
6830 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6832 const XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionclear
;
6834 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6835 SELECTION_EVENT_DPYINFO (&inev
.sie
) = dpyinfo
;
6836 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6837 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6841 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6842 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.time
);
6843 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6844 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6846 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6848 const XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionrequest
;
6850 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6851 SELECTION_EVENT_DPYINFO (&inev
.sie
) = dpyinfo
;
6852 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6853 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6854 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6855 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6856 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6860 case PropertyNotify
:
6861 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.time
);
6862 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.window
);
6863 if (f
&& event
->xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6865 bool not_hidden
= x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
->xproperty
);
6866 if (not_hidden
&& FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6868 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
6869 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
6870 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
6871 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6872 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
6873 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
6874 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6875 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6877 else if (! not_hidden
&& ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6879 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
6880 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
6881 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6882 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6886 x_handle_property_notify (&event
->xproperty
);
6887 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
6890 case ReparentNotify
:
6891 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xreparent
.window
);
6894 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
->xreparent
.parent
;
6895 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6897 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6898 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6899 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6901 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6906 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xexpose
.window
);
6909 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
6911 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6912 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
6913 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
6914 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6919 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6 and later, see
6920 http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=15398. */
6921 x_clear_area (event
->xexpose
.display
,
6922 event
->xexpose
.window
,
6923 event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
6924 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
6926 expose_frame (f
, event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
6927 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
6932 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6933 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6935 #if defined USE_LUCID
6936 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6937 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6938 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6940 Widget widget
= x_window_to_menu_bar (event
->xexpose
.window
);
6942 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6944 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6946 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6947 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6949 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6950 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xexpose
.display
,
6951 event
->xexpose
.window
, 2);
6954 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
);
6955 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6958 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6959 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6963 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6964 source area was obscured or not
6966 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6968 expose_frame (f
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.x
,
6969 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6970 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6971 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6972 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6975 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6978 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6979 source area was completely
6984 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6985 if (event
->xunmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6988 x_redo_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
);
6991 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xunmap
.window
);
6992 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6993 the frame was deleted. */
6995 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
6996 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6997 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6998 display that won't ever be seen. */
6999 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
7000 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
7001 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
7002 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
7003 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
7004 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
7005 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
7006 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
7008 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
7009 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
7010 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7016 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
7017 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
7018 frame is visible. */
7019 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmap
.window
);
7022 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
7024 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
7025 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
7026 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
7027 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
7029 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
7030 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
7031 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
7035 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
7036 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7038 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
7039 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
7040 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
7041 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
7044 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
7051 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xkey
.time
);
7052 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
7054 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
7055 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
7056 if (popup_activated ())
7062 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
7063 mouse highlighting. */
7064 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
7065 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
7067 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
7071 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
7072 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= true;
7075 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7078 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
7079 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
7080 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
7081 event
->xkey
.window
);
7082 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
7084 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
7085 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
7088 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7092 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
7093 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
7094 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
7097 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
7098 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
7099 status_return even if the input is too long to
7100 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
7101 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
7102 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
7103 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
7104 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
7105 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
7106 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
7108 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
7110 /* Event will be modified. */
7111 XKeyEvent xkey
= event
->xkey
;
7114 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
7115 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
7116 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is nonzero
7118 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7121 xkey
.state
|= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
7122 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
7123 modifiers
= xkey
.state
;
7125 /* This will have to go some day... */
7127 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
7128 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
7129 xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
7130 xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
7131 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
7132 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
7133 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
7135 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
7136 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
7137 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
7138 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
7139 not it is combined with Meta. */
7140 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
7141 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
7146 Status status_return
;
7148 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
7149 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
7150 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
7151 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
7153 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
7155 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
7156 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
7157 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
7158 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
7159 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
7162 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
7163 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
7165 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
7170 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
7171 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
7175 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
7176 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
7179 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
7180 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
7184 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
7185 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
7186 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
7189 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
7190 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
7192 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
7193 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7195 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
7196 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= xkey
.time
;
7198 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
7199 translations to characters. */
7200 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
7201 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
7203 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
7204 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
7208 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
7209 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
7211 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
7212 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
7214 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
7215 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
7219 /* Now non-ASCII. */
7220 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
7221 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
7226 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
7227 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
7228 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
7229 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
7233 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
7234 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
7235 || keysym
== XK_Delete
7236 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
7237 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
7238 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
7240 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
7241 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
7243 /* This recognizes the "extended function
7244 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
7245 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
7246 mode_switch incorrectly. */
7247 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
7249 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
7250 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
7252 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
7253 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
7255 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
7256 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
7258 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
7259 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
7261 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
7262 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
7264 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
7265 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
7267 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
7268 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
7270 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
7271 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
7273 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
7274 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
7276 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
7277 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
7279 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
7280 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
7282 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
7283 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
7285 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
7286 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
7288 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
7289 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
7290 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
7291 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
7292 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
7293 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
7294 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
7295 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
7296 don't have real modifiers but
7297 should be treated similarly to
7298 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
7299 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
7300 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
7301 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
7305 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
7306 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
7308 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
7309 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
7313 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
7317 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
7319 if (ASCII_CHAR_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
7321 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
7324 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
7326 /* Decode the input data. */
7328 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
7329 which depends on which X*LookupString function
7330 we used just above and the locale. */
7331 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
7332 coding
.src_multibyte
= false;
7333 coding
.dst_multibyte
= true;
7334 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
7335 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
7336 gives us composition information. */
7337 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
7339 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
7341 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
7342 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
7343 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
7344 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
7345 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
7346 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
7349 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
7350 character events. */
7351 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
7354 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
7355 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
7357 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
7358 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
7359 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
7360 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
7362 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7367 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
7369 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
7372 /* FIXME: check side effects and remove this. */
7373 ((XEvent
*) event
)->xkey
= xkey
;
7377 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
7378 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
7386 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xkey
.time
);
7388 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
7389 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
7397 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.time
);
7398 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
7402 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
7403 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
->xmotion
.time
+ 200;
7405 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
7406 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
7407 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
7408 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
);
7410 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
7411 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
7412 if (!f
&& dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
7413 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
7418 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
7422 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.time
);
7423 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
7425 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.window
);
7428 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
7430 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
7431 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
7432 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
7433 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
7436 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
7437 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
7438 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
7439 the mouse leaves the frame. */
7440 if (any_help_event_p
)
7444 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
7445 else if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
7446 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
7451 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
7456 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.time
);
7457 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
7458 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7460 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
7461 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.window
));
7463 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
7465 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= false;
7466 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
7470 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
7476 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
7477 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
7478 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
7480 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_window
;
7481 Lisp_Object window
= window_from_coordinates
7482 (f
, event
->xmotion
.x
, event
->xmotion
.y
, 0, false);
7484 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
7485 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
7486 will be selected only when it is active. */
7487 if (WINDOWP (window
)
7488 && !EQ (window
, last_mouse_window
)
7489 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
7490 /* For click-to-focus window managers
7491 create event iff we don't leave the
7493 && (focus_follows_mouse
7494 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
7495 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
7497 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
7498 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
7500 /* Remember the last window where we saw the mouse. */
7501 last_mouse_window
= window
;
7503 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
))
7504 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
7508 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7509 struct scroll_bar
*bar
7510 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xmotion
.display
,
7511 event
->xmotion
.window
, 2);
7514 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
->xmotion
);
7515 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7517 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
7518 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
7519 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
7522 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
7523 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
7524 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
7525 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
7530 case ConfigureNotify
:
7531 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xconfigure
.window
);
7535 && event
->xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
7537 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
,
7538 event
->xconfigure
.height
);
7544 x_net_wm_state (f
, event
->xconfigure
.window
);
7546 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7547 /* Tip frames are pure X window, set size for them. */
7548 if (! NILP (tip_frame
) && XFRAME (tip_frame
) == f
)
7550 if (FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) != event
->xconfigure
.height
7551 || FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) != event
->xconfigure
.width
)
7552 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
7553 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
->xconfigure
.height
;
7554 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
->xconfigure
.width
;
7558 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7560 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
);
7561 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, event
->xconfigure
.height
);
7563 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
7564 is called by the code that handles resizing
7565 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
7567 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
7568 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
7569 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
7570 if (width
!= FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
)
7571 || height
!= FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
)
7572 || event
->xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
7573 || event
->xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
7575 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, false, true, false, true);
7576 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
7577 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
7578 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
7580 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7584 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
7585 Only get real positions when mapped. */
7586 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
7587 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
7589 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
7592 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
7593 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
7602 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
7603 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
7604 bool tool_bar_p
= false;
7606 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
7607 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
7608 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.time
);
7610 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
7611 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.window
));
7614 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
7619 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
7620 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
7621 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
7622 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
7625 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
;
7626 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
;
7628 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, true);
7629 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
7631 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
->xbutton
.button
< 4)
7632 handle_tool_bar_click
7633 (f
, x
, y
, event
->xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
7634 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.state
));
7636 #endif /* !USE_GTK */
7639 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
7640 if (! popup_activated ())
7643 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
7645 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
7646 && event
->xbutton
.time
> ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
7648 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
7649 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
7651 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
)
7652 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
7655 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
7657 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
7658 xembed_send_message (f
, event
->xbutton
.time
,
7659 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
7663 struct scroll_bar
*bar
7664 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xbutton
.display
,
7665 event
->xbutton
.window
, 2);
7667 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7668 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
7670 if (bar
&& event
->xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
7672 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
7673 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7675 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7677 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
7678 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7681 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
)
7683 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
7684 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
= f
;
7685 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
7686 if (f
&& !tool_bar_p
)
7687 f
->last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
7688 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7691 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
7693 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
7694 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
7695 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
7697 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
7699 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
7700 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
);
7701 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
7702 don't pass it to Xt right now.
7703 Instead, save it away
7704 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
7705 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
7706 if (! popup_activated ()
7708 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
7709 && event
->xbutton
.button
< 3
7711 && f
&& event
->type
== ButtonPress
7712 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
7713 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
7714 && event
->xbutton
.x
>= 0
7715 && event
->xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
7716 && event
->xbutton
.y
>= 0
7717 && event
->xbutton
.y
< FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
7718 && event
->xbutton
.same_screen
)
7720 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
7721 f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= xmalloc (sizeof *event
);
7722 *f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= *event
;
7723 inev
.ie
.kind
= MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT
;
7724 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7725 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7729 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
7733 case CirculateNotify
:
7736 case CirculateRequest
:
7739 case VisibilityNotify
:
7743 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7745 switch (event
->xmapping
.request
)
7747 case MappingModifier
:
7748 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7749 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7750 case MappingKeyboard
:
7751 XRefreshKeyboardMapping ((XMappingEvent
*) &event
->xmapping
);
7756 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
7761 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7763 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7764 XtDispatchEvent ((XEvent
*) event
);
7766 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7771 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7773 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7778 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7783 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7789 any_help_event_p
= true;
7790 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7791 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7795 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7796 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7805 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7806 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7807 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7809 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7811 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7813 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7814 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7816 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7819 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7824 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7825 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7827 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7828 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7829 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7833 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7836 bool event_found
= false;
7837 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
7841 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7842 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7844 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7845 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7849 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7854 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7857 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7858 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7863 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7865 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7871 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7872 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7873 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7874 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7876 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7877 from all displays. */
7879 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7881 current_count
= count
;
7882 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7884 gtk_main_iteration ();
7886 count
= current_count
;
7888 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7890 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7893 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7895 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7896 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7899 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7900 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7901 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7903 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7907 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7908 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7910 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7912 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7913 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7917 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7918 raise it now. FIXME: handle more than one such frame. */
7919 if (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
)
7921 x_raise_frame (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
);
7922 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
7933 /***********************************************************************
7935 ***********************************************************************/
7937 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7938 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7940 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7941 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7942 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7945 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
7946 enum glyph_row_area area
, GC gc
)
7948 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7949 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7950 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7952 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7954 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7955 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7956 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7957 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7958 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7960 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7964 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7967 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7969 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7970 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7971 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7974 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7977 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7978 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7979 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7980 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7983 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7984 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7985 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1;
7987 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7988 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7989 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7990 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7991 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7993 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7994 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7995 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7997 /* When on R2L character, show cursor at the right edge of the
7998 glyph, unless the cursor box is as wide as the glyph or wider
7999 (the latter happens when x-stretch-cursor is non-nil). */
8000 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0
8001 && cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
> wd
)
8003 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- wd
;
8007 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
8008 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
8009 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
8010 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
8014 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
8016 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
8017 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
8018 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
8022 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
8024 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8025 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
8027 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
8028 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
8030 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
8031 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
8034 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
8035 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
8036 the bar might not be in the window. */
8037 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
8039 struct glyph_row
*r
;
8040 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
8041 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
8045 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8046 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8047 GC gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
8048 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
8049 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
8052 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
8053 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
8054 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
8055 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
8056 that the glyph is legible. */
8057 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
8058 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
8060 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
8061 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
8064 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
8067 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
8068 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
8071 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
8073 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
8075 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
8078 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
8079 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
8081 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
8083 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
8084 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
8085 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
8086 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
8088 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
8089 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
8090 width
, row
->height
);
8092 else /* HBAR_CURSOR */
8094 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
8095 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
8098 width
= row
->height
;
8100 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
8102 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
8103 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
8105 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0
8106 && cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
> w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1)
8107 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- w
->phys_cursor_width
+ 1;
8108 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
8109 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
8110 row
->height
- width
),
8111 w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1, width
);
8114 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
8119 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
8122 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
8124 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
8125 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
8126 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
8127 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
8131 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
8134 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
8136 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), x
, y
, width
, height
);
8138 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
8139 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8140 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
8145 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
8148 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
,
8149 int y
, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type
,
8150 int cursor_width
, bool on_p
, bool active_p
)
8152 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
8156 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
8157 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= true;
8159 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
8160 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
8161 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
8162 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
8164 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= true;
8165 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
8169 switch (cursor_type
)
8171 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
8172 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
8175 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
8176 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
8180 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
8184 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
8188 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
8197 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
8198 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
8199 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
8203 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8209 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
8212 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
8214 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
8216 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
8219 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
8220 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
8221 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
8222 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
8227 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
8228 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
8229 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
8231 #endif /* USE_GTK */
8232 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
8233 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
8237 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
8238 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
8244 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
8245 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
8247 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= -2;
8251 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
8253 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
8255 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
8259 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
8262 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
8263 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
8267 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
8268 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
8272 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
8273 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
8274 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
8275 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
8276 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
8278 bitmap_id
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
8281 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
8282 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
8288 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
8289 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
8292 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
8294 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
8299 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
8300 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
8302 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
8303 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
8306 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
8307 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
8308 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
8309 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
8314 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
8316 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
8317 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
8319 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
8320 be called from a signal handler.
8323 struct x_error_message_stack
{
8324 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
8326 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
8328 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
8330 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
8331 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
8332 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
8335 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
8337 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
8338 x_error_message
->string
,
8339 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
8342 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
8343 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
8346 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
8347 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
8348 stored in *x_error_message.
8350 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
8351 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
8353 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
8356 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
8358 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
8360 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
8364 data
->string
[0] = 0;
8365 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
8366 x_error_message
= data
;
8369 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
8370 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
8373 x_uncatch_errors (void)
8375 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
8379 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
8380 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
8381 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
8382 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
8384 tmp
= x_error_message
;
8385 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
8390 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
8391 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
8392 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
8395 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
8397 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
8400 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
8402 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
8403 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
8404 x_uncatch_errors ();
8405 error (format
, string
);
8409 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
8410 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
8413 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
8415 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
8418 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
8421 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
8424 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
8426 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
8430 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
8431 * idea. --lorentey */
8432 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
8435 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
8437 while (x_error_message
)
8438 x_uncatch_errors ();
8443 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
8446 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
8451 /************************************************************************
8453 ************************************************************************/
8455 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
8457 static char *error_msg
;
8459 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
8460 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
8463 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
, bool ioerror
)
8465 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
8466 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8467 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
8469 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
8470 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
8472 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
8473 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
8477 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
8479 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
8480 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
8482 if (ioerror
) dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
8484 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
8485 that are on the dead display. */
8486 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8488 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
8490 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
8491 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
8492 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
8493 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
8494 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
8495 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
8498 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
8499 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
8500 for another frame that we need to delete. */
8501 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8502 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
8503 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
8505 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
8506 trying to find a replacement. */
8507 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
8508 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
8511 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
8512 first place, so don't try to close it. */
8515 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
8516 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
8517 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
8519 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
8520 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
8521 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
8522 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
8523 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
8524 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
8525 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
8526 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
8527 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
8530 #endif /* USE_GTK */
8532 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
8533 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
8535 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
8536 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
8537 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
8538 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
8543 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
8544 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
8548 if (terminal_list
== 0)
8550 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
8551 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
8555 totally_unblock_input ();
8557 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
8558 clear_waiting_for_input ();
8560 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
8561 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
8563 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
8564 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
8565 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
8566 error ("%s", error_msg
);
8569 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
8570 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
8571 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
8573 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
8574 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
8577 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
8579 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
8580 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
8581 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
8587 if (x_error_message
)
8588 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
8590 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
8594 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
8595 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
8596 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8598 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
8600 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
8601 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
8603 static void NO_INLINE
8604 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
8606 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
8608 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
8609 or colors that are not defined. */
8611 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
8614 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
8615 original error handler. */
8617 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
8618 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
8619 buf
, event
->request_code
);
8620 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
, false);
8624 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
8625 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
8626 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8629 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
8633 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
8634 DisplayString (display
));
8635 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
, true);
8639 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
8641 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
8642 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
8643 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
8647 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
8649 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
8653 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
8654 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8655 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
8656 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
8660 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
8661 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
8662 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
8663 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
8665 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8666 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
8669 /* Compute character columns occupied by scrollbar.
8671 Don't do things differently for non-toolkit scrollbars
8673 unit
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8674 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8675 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8676 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + unit
- 1) / unit
;
8678 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + unit
- 1) / unit
;
8680 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8682 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8683 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8684 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8685 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8686 adjust_frame_size (f
, FRAME_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
8687 FRAME_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), 3,
8693 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8696 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8705 /***********************************************************************
8707 ***********************************************************************/
8713 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8714 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8715 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8718 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8720 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8721 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8725 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8726 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8728 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8729 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8731 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8732 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8736 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8737 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8738 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8742 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8744 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8745 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8748 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8756 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8757 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8764 XIMCallback destroy
;
8767 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8768 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8771 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8772 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8773 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8779 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8780 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8784 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8786 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8787 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8788 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8789 when the callback was registered. */
8792 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8794 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8795 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8797 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8801 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8803 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8804 as they have no XIC. */
8805 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8807 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8810 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8812 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8815 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8816 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8818 create_frame_xic (f
);
8819 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8820 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8821 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8823 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8824 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8833 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8836 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8837 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8838 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8839 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8842 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8844 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8848 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8849 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
8852 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8853 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8854 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
8855 ret
= XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback
8856 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
8857 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
8858 /* This is XPointer in XFree86 but (XPointer *)
8859 on Tru64, at least, hence the configure test. */
8860 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8861 eassert (ret
== True
);
8862 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8863 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8864 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8866 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8870 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8873 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8878 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8879 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
;
8881 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8883 Bool ret
= XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback
8884 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
8885 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
8886 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8887 eassert (ret
== True
);
8889 xfree (xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8891 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8892 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8893 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8894 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8895 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8897 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8900 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8904 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8905 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8908 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8910 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8912 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8913 is already for the top-left corner. */
8914 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8917 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8918 position that fits on the screen. */
8919 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8920 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8921 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8924 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8926 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8927 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8928 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8930 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8931 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8932 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8933 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8936 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8937 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8939 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8942 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8943 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8944 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8947 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8948 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8949 so the flags should correspond. */
8950 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8953 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8954 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8955 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8956 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8957 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8960 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8962 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8964 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8968 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8970 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8972 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8973 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8975 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8978 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, false);
8980 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8981 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8983 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8985 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8986 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8987 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8988 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8989 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8992 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8993 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8995 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8996 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
);
8998 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8999 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
9000 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
9001 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
9004 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
9005 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
9006 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
9008 if (change_gravity
!= 0
9009 && (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
9010 || (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
9011 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
9012 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
9013 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
9018 /* Return true if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
9019 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
9020 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
9021 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9022 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
9025 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
9028 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
9029 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
9031 Window wmcheck_window
;
9032 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9033 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
9034 int max_len
= 65536;
9035 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
9036 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
9037 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
9041 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9042 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
9043 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
9044 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
9045 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
9046 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
9048 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9050 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
9051 x_uncatch_errors ();
9056 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
9059 /* Check if window exists. */
9060 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
9062 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9064 x_uncatch_errors ();
9069 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
9071 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
9072 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
9073 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
9074 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
9075 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
9076 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
9078 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
9080 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
9081 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
9082 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
9083 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
9084 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
9086 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9088 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
9089 x_uncatch_errors ();
9094 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
9095 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
9096 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
9101 for (i
= 0; !ret
&& i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
9102 ret
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
9104 x_uncatch_errors ();
9111 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, bool add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
9113 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
9115 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9116 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
9118 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
9122 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
9124 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
9129 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
9132 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9134 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9136 set_wm_state (frame
, !NILP (new_value
),
9137 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
9140 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
9141 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
9142 Set *STICKY to the sticky state.
9144 Return true iff we are not hidden. */
9147 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
9153 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
9154 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
9155 bool is_hidden
= false;
9156 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9157 long max_len
= 65536;
9158 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
9159 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
9160 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
9163 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
9166 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9167 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
9168 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
9169 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
9170 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
9172 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9174 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
9175 x_uncatch_errors ();
9177 return !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
9180 x_uncatch_errors ();
9182 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
9184 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
9185 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
9187 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
9189 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
9190 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
9192 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
9194 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
9196 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
9197 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
9199 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
9201 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
9202 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
9203 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
9207 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
9212 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
9215 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
9217 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9218 bool have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
9222 get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
9224 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
9225 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
9227 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
9229 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
9233 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9235 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
9236 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
9237 are sent at once. */
9238 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
9240 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
9241 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
9242 set_wm_state (frame
, true, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
9245 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
9246 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
9248 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
9249 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
9250 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
9251 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
9252 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
9256 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
9257 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
9258 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
9259 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
9260 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
|| x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
)
9261 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
9262 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
9265 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
9266 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
9268 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
9269 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
9270 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
9271 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
9272 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
9276 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
9277 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
9278 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
9279 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
9280 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
|| x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
)
9281 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
9282 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
9285 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
9286 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
9288 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
9289 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
9290 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
9291 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
9292 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
9294 else if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
9296 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
9297 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
9298 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
9299 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
9300 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
9302 else if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
9304 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
9305 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
9306 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
9307 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
9308 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
9312 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
9313 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
9315 else if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
9316 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
9317 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
9318 else if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
9319 set_wm_state (frame
, true, None
,
9320 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
9322 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
9323 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
9324 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
9327 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
9328 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
9329 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
9332 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
9333 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
9334 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
9337 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
9341 return have_net_atom
;
9345 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
9347 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9350 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
9358 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, const XPropertyEvent
*event
)
9360 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
9362 bool sticky
= false;
9363 bool not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
9368 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
9371 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
9374 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
9377 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
9382 frame_size_history_add
9383 (f
, Qx_handle_net_wm_state
, 0, 0,
9384 list2 (get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
), lval
));
9386 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
9387 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9392 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
9393 If so needed, resize the frame. */
9395 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
9397 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
9400 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
9401 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
9403 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
9404 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
9405 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
9407 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
9409 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9410 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9412 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
9414 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
9415 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
9416 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
9417 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
9418 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
9420 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
9421 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
9422 height
= height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9424 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
9425 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
9428 frame_size_history_add
9429 (f
, Qx_check_fullscreen
, width
, height
, Qnil
);
9431 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9434 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9435 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
9438 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
- FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
),
9439 false, true, false, true);
9445 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
9446 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
9447 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
9448 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
9449 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
9450 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
9451 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
9454 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
9456 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
9458 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
9459 window manager window around the frame. */
9461 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
9463 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
9465 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
9470 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
9471 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
9472 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
9474 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
9476 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
9477 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
9479 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9480 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
9482 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, false);
9485 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
9486 frame's position. */
9488 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
9492 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
9493 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
9494 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
9495 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
9496 of an exact comparison. */
9499 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, bool fuzzy
)
9503 while (count
++ < 50)
9505 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
9507 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
9508 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
9511 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9512 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
9516 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
9519 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
9520 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
9523 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
9527 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
9528 will then return up-to-date position info. */
9530 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000000, 0, false, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
9534 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
9536 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
9538 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
9541 struct timespec tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
9542 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9544 f
->wait_event_type
= eventtype
;
9546 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
9547 Maybe it should be configurable. */
9548 tmo
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
9549 tmo_at
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), tmo
);
9551 while (f
->wait_event_type
)
9553 pending_signals
= true;
9554 totally_unblock_input ();
9555 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
9557 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
9562 time_now
= current_timespec ();
9563 if (timespec_cmp (tmo_at
, time_now
) < 0)
9566 tmo
= timespec_sub (tmo_at
, time_now
);
9567 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
9568 break; /* Timeout */
9571 f
->wait_event_type
= 0;
9575 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to WIDTH/HEIGHT in the case F
9576 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY, change to
9577 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
9578 size changes. Otherwise leave the window gravity unchanged. */
9581 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, bool change_gravity
,
9582 int width
, int height
)
9584 int pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
);
9585 int pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
);
9586 int old_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9587 int old_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9588 Lisp_Object fullscreen
= get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
);
9590 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
9591 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, false);
9593 /* When the frame is fullheight and we only want to change the width
9594 or it is fullwidth and we only want to change the height we should
9595 be able to preserve the fullscreen property. However, due to the
9596 fact that we have to send a resize request anyway, the window
9597 manager will abolish it. At least the respective size should
9598 remain unchanged but giving the frame back its normal size will
9600 if (EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullwidth
) && width
== FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
))
9602 frame_size_history_add
9603 (f
, Qxg_frame_set_char_size_1
, width
, height
,
9604 list2 (make_number (old_height
),
9605 make_number (pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
))));
9607 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9608 old_width
, pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
9610 else if (EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullheight
) && height
== FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
))
9612 frame_size_history_add
9613 (f
, Qxg_frame_set_char_size_2
, width
, height
,
9614 list2 (make_number (old_width
), make_number (pixelwidth
)));
9616 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9617 pixelwidth
, old_height
);
9622 frame_size_history_add
9623 (f
, Qxg_frame_set_char_size_3
, width
, height
,
9624 list2 (make_number (pixelwidth
+ FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
)),
9625 make_number (pixelheight
+ FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
9626 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
))));
9628 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9629 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
9635 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
9636 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
9637 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
9638 we have to make sure to do it here. */
9639 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
9641 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
9642 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
9643 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
9644 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
9646 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
9647 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
9648 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
9649 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
9650 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
9652 Pass true for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
9655 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
9656 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
9657 for the ConfigureNotify. */
9658 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9660 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
9662 if (!NILP (fullscreen
))
9663 /* Try to restore fullscreen state. */
9665 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, fullscreen
);
9666 x_set_fullscreen (f
, fullscreen
, fullscreen
);
9671 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, false, true, false, true);
9677 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
9678 If CHANGE_GRAVITY, change to top-left-corner window gravity
9679 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
9680 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
9683 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, bool change_gravity
,
9684 int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
9688 /* The following breaks our calculations. If it's really needed,
9689 think of something else. */
9691 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
9693 int text_width
, text_height
;
9695 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
9696 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
9697 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/width to
9698 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
9699 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
9700 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
9701 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
9702 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9703 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9704 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
9706 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9708 text_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
9709 text_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, pixelh
);
9711 change_frame_size (f
, text_width
, text_height
, false, true, false, true);
9715 /* Pixelize width and height, if necessary. */
9718 width
= width
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9719 height
= height
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9723 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
9724 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
, height
);
9726 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
);
9727 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9728 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
);
9729 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
9730 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9732 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
9733 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
9735 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
9736 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
9737 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
9738 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
9739 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
9743 do_pending_window_change (false);
9746 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
9749 frame_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
9753 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9754 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9758 /* Raise frame F. */
9761 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9764 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9765 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9766 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9770 /* Lower frame F. */
9773 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9775 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9778 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9779 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9784 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
9787 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
9789 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
9790 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
9791 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9792 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
9793 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
9796 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
9799 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9801 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9802 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
9804 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9806 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
9809 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9810 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9811 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
9813 list2i (1, dpyinfo
->last_user_time
));
9818 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, bool raise_flag
)
9826 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9828 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
9830 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9832 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
9835 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
9837 unsigned long data
[2];
9838 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9840 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9843 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9844 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
9845 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9847 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
9850 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
9851 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
9855 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9856 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9857 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9858 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9859 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
9860 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
9861 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9862 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9863 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9865 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9866 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9867 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9870 /* Change of visibility. */
9872 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9873 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9874 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9875 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9876 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9877 finishes with it. */
9880 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9882 int original_top
, original_left
;
9887 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
9889 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9891 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9892 call x_set_offset a second time
9893 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9894 before the window gets really visible. */
9895 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9896 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9897 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9898 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9900 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= true;
9902 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9903 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9904 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9905 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9906 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9909 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9910 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9912 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9914 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9915 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9917 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9918 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9920 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9921 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9922 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9925 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9927 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9928 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9929 so that incoming events are handled. */
9932 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9933 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9934 will set it when they are handled. */
9935 bool previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9937 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9938 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9940 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9943 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9945 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9946 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9947 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9948 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9950 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9951 because the window manager may choose the position
9952 and we don't want to override it. */
9954 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9955 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9956 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9957 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9958 && previously_visible
)
9962 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9966 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9967 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9968 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9969 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9970 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9971 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9972 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9973 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9974 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9976 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9977 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9978 original_left
, original_top
);
9983 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9985 /* Process X events until a MapNotify event has been seen. */
9986 while (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9988 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9991 /* If on another desktop, the deiconify/map may be ignored and the
9992 frame never becomes visible. XMonad does this.
9993 Prevent an endless loop. */
9994 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) && ++tries
> 100)
9997 /* This hack is still in use at least for Cygwin. See
9998 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2013-12/msg00351.html.
10000 Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
10001 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
10002 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
10003 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
10004 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
10006 if (input_polling_used ())
10008 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
10009 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
10010 handler reset it. */
10011 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
10012 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
10013 poll_for_input_1 ();
10014 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
10017 if (XPending (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
10020 XNextEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), &xev
);
10021 x_dispatch_event (&xev
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10027 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
10029 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
10032 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
10036 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
10037 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
10039 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
10040 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
10041 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10045 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
10046 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
10047 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
10048 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
10049 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
10050 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, true);
10053 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
10054 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
10057 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10058 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
10063 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
10064 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
10067 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
10071 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
10072 just by the event that we get from the server.
10073 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
10074 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
10075 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
10076 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10077 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
10084 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
10087 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10089 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10093 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
10094 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
10095 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10097 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
10102 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
10104 #if defined (USE_GTK)
10105 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
10107 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10108 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
10110 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
10111 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10112 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
10118 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10120 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10122 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
10123 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
10124 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
10125 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
10126 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
10127 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
10128 so we have to record it here. */
10129 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10130 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
10135 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
10136 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
10137 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
10141 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
10143 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
10144 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10147 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10149 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10151 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
10152 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
10153 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
10154 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
10155 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10156 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
10158 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
10159 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
10161 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
10162 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
10166 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
10167 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
10168 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
10169 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
10170 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
10172 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
10173 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
10175 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
10179 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
10183 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
10185 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
10187 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10189 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
10190 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
10193 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
10194 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10196 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10198 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10202 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
10205 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
10207 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10208 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
10209 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10211 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
10216 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
10217 commands to the X server. */
10218 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10220 /* Always exit with visible pointer to avoid weird issue
10221 with Xfixes (Bug#17609). */
10222 if (f
->pointer_invisible
)
10223 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, 0);
10225 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
10226 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
10228 free_frame_faces (f
);
10230 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
10231 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
10233 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10234 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
10235 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
10236 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
10237 toolkit scroll bars. */
10238 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
10240 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
10241 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
10247 free_frame_xic (f
);
10250 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10251 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
10253 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
10254 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
10256 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
10257 we are using a toolkit. */
10258 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
10259 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
10261 free_frame_menubar (f
);
10263 if (f
->shell_position
)
10264 xfree (f
->shell_position
);
10265 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10268 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
10269 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10271 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
10272 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
10273 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10275 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
10276 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
10277 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
10278 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
10279 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
10280 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
10282 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
10283 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
10284 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
10285 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
10286 #if defined (USE_LUCID) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
10287 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
10288 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
10289 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
10290 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
10291 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
10292 #endif /* USE_LUCID && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
10293 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
10294 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
10295 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
10296 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
10300 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
10301 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
10303 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
10304 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
10306 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
10308 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
10309 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
10312 /* Free cursors. */
10313 if (f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
!= 0)
10314 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
10315 if (f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
!= 0)
10316 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
10317 if (f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
!= 0)
10318 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
);
10319 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
!= 0)
10320 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
);
10321 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
!= 0)
10322 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
);
10323 if (f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
!= 0)
10324 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
);
10325 if (f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
!= 0)
10326 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
);
10328 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10331 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
10332 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
10333 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
10335 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
10336 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10337 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
10338 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10339 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
10340 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10341 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
10342 reset_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
);
10348 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
10351 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
10353 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10355 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
10356 commands to the X server. */
10357 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
10358 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
10360 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
10364 /* Setting window manager hints. */
10366 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
10367 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
10368 that the window now has.
10369 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
10370 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
10371 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
10375 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
10377 XSizeHints size_hints
;
10378 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
10383 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10384 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
10386 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
10391 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
10392 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
10394 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
10395 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
10397 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
10398 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
10400 size_hints
.width_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
10401 size_hints
.height_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
10403 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
10404 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
10405 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
10406 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
10408 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
10410 int base_width
, base_height
;
10411 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
10413 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
10414 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
10416 if (frame_resize_pixelwise
)
10417 /* Needed to prevent a bad protocol error crash when making the
10418 frame size very small. */
10420 min_cols
= 2 * min_cols
;
10421 min_rows
= 2 * min_rows
;
10424 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
10425 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
10426 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
10427 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
10428 zero-row, zero-column frame.
10430 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
10431 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
10432 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
10434 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
10435 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
10436 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
10437 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
10438 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
10441 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
10444 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
10449 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
10450 long supplied_return
;
10453 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
10457 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
10462 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
10463 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
10464 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
10465 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
10466 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
10467 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
10468 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
10469 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
10476 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
10477 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
10481 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
10482 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
10484 #endif /* PWinGravity */
10486 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
10488 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
10490 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
10493 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
10495 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10498 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
10499 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
10500 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10501 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
10503 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
10504 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
10506 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
10507 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10511 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
10513 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
10515 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
10516 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
10521 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
10522 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
10523 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
10524 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
10528 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
10536 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
10540 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
10544 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
10545 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
10546 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
10547 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
10550 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
10552 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
10553 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
10555 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
10559 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
10561 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
10563 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
10564 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
10565 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
10567 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
10571 /***********************************************************************
10573 ***********************************************************************/
10577 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
10581 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
10583 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
10584 if (font
->driver
->check
)
10585 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
10588 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
10591 /***********************************************************************
10593 ***********************************************************************/
10595 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10596 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10597 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10598 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10600 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10601 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10602 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10604 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10605 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10606 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10607 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10608 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10609 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10610 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10613 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
10615 static bool x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
10617 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10619 static int x_initialized
;
10621 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10622 the screen number from the server number. */
10624 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
10626 bool seen_colon
= false;
10627 Lisp_Object sysname
= Fsystem_name ();
10628 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (sysname
);
10629 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (sysname
);
10630 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
10632 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10633 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10634 length_until_period
++;
10636 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10637 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10639 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10641 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10642 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10643 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10644 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10645 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10646 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10647 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10648 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10649 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10650 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10651 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10652 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10653 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10654 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10656 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10660 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10664 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10665 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10668 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10669 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10672 get_bits_and_offset (unsigned long mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
10677 while (!(mask
& 1))
10693 /* Return true iff display DISPLAY is available for use.
10694 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
10697 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
10699 /* XOpenDisplay fails if it gets a signal. Block SIGIO which may arrive. */
10700 unrequest_sigio ();
10701 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
10705 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
10711 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
10712 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
10714 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
10715 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
10719 /* Create invisible cursor on X display referred by DPYINFO. */
10722 make_invisible_cursor (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10724 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10725 static char const no_data
[] = { 0 };
10730 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10731 pix
= XCreateBitmapFromData (dpy
, dpyinfo
->root_window
, no_data
, 1, 1);
10732 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pix
!= None
)
10736 col
.red
= col
.green
= col
.blue
= 0;
10737 col
.flags
= DoRed
| DoGreen
| DoBlue
;
10738 pixc
= XCreatePixmapCursor (dpy
, pix
, pix
, &col
, &col
, 0, 0);
10739 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pixc
!= None
)
10741 XFreePixmap (dpy
, pix
);
10744 x_uncatch_errors ();
10749 /* True if DPY supports Xfixes extension >= 4. */
10752 x_probe_xfixes_extension (Display
*dpy
)
10756 return XFixesQueryVersion (dpy
, &major
, &minor
) && major
>= 4;
10759 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
10762 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using Xfixes functions. */
10765 xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
10769 XFixesHideCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
10771 XFixesShowCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
10772 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
10775 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
10778 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using invisible cursor. */
10781 x_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
10783 eassert (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0);
10785 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
10786 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
10788 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
10789 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
10790 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
10793 /* Setup pointer blanking, prefer Xfixes if available. */
10796 x_setup_pointer_blanking (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10798 /* FIXME: the brave tester should set EMACS_XFIXES because we're suspecting
10799 X server bug, see http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=17609. */
10800 if (egetenv ("EMACS_XFIXES") && x_probe_xfixes_extension (dpyinfo
->display
))
10801 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer
;
10804 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= x_toggle_visible_pointer
;
10805 dpyinfo
->invisible_cursor
= make_invisible_cursor (dpyinfo
);
10809 /* Current X display connection identifier. Incremented for each next
10810 connection established. */
10811 static unsigned x_display_id
;
10813 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
10814 the structure that describes the open display.
10815 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
10817 struct x_display_info
*
10818 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
10821 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10822 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10828 if (!x_initialized
)
10834 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
10835 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
10839 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10841 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10842 char **argv2
= argv
;
10845 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10847 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
10851 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
10852 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
10854 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10858 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10860 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10862 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
10863 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
10866 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
10867 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10869 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10871 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
10872 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
10873 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
10874 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
10876 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
10877 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
10878 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10880 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
10882 unrequest_sigio (); /* See comment in x_display_ok. */
10883 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10887 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
10891 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
10893 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
10894 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10896 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10897 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10899 s
= build_string (file
);
10900 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10902 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10903 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
10907 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10908 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10911 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10912 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10913 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10915 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10916 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10917 So let's not use it until R6. */
10918 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10919 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10930 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10931 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10933 turn_on_atimers (false);
10934 unrequest_sigio (); /* See comment in x_display_ok. */
10935 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
10936 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10937 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10940 turn_on_atimers (true);
10942 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10943 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10948 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10949 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10950 unrequest_sigio (); // See comment in x_display_ok.
10951 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
10953 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10954 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10956 /* Detect failure. */
10963 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10965 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10966 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10969 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10971 for (share
= x_display_list
; share
; share
= share
->next
)
10972 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (share
->name_list_element
)),
10973 SSDATA (display_name
)))
10976 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10979 terminal
->kboard
= allocate_kboard (Qx
);
10981 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10983 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10985 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10986 list of terminals. */
10987 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10988 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10989 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10990 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10992 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10993 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10995 kset_system_key_alist
10997 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10998 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
11000 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
11001 terminal_list
= terminal
;
11005 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
11006 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
11007 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
11008 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
11009 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
11011 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
11014 /* Put this display on the chain. */
11015 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
11016 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
11018 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
);
11019 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
11020 dpyinfo
->connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
11022 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
11023 terminal
->name
= xlispstrdup (display_name
);
11026 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
11029 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
11030 Lisp_Object system_name
= Fsystem_name ();
11031 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (system_name
))
11032 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
11033 dpyinfo
->x_id
= ++x_display_id
;
11034 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
11035 + SBYTES (system_name
) + 2);
11036 char *nametail
= lispstpcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, Vinvocation_name
);
11038 lispstpcpy (nametail
, system_name
);
11040 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
11041 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
11043 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
11045 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
11046 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
11047 #endif /* USE_GTK */
11049 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
11050 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
11052 dpyinfo
->horizontal_scroll_bar_cursor
11053 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_h_double_arrow
);
11055 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
11056 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
11057 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
11058 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
11060 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
11062 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
11064 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
11066 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
11067 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
11068 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
11069 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11070 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11071 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
11072 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
11074 reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
);
11076 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
11077 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
11079 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
11080 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
11081 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
11082 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
11083 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
11084 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
11087 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
11088 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
11090 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
11092 AUTO_STRING (privateColormap
, "privateColormap");
11093 AUTO_STRING (PrivateColormap
, "PrivateColormap");
11095 = display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, privateColormap
,
11096 PrivateColormap
, Qnil
, Qnil
);
11097 if (STRINGP (value
)
11098 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
11099 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
11100 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
11104 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
11105 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
11109 /* If we are using Xft, the following precautions should be made:
11111 1. Make sure that the Xrender extension is added before the Xft one.
11112 Otherwise, the close-display hook set by Xft is called after the one
11113 for Xrender, and the former tries to re-add the latter. This results
11114 in inconsistency of internal states and leads to X protocol error when
11115 one reconnects to the same X server (Bug#1696).
11117 2. Check dpi value in X resources. It is better we use it as well,
11118 since Xft will use it, as will all Gnome applications. If our real DPI
11119 is smaller or larger than the one Xft uses, our font will look smaller
11120 or larger than other for other applications, even if it is the same
11121 font name (monospace-10 for example). */
11123 int event_base
, error_base
;
11127 XRenderQueryExtension (dpyinfo
->display
, &event_base
, &error_base
);
11129 v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
11130 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
11131 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
11135 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
11137 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11138 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11139 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11140 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
11141 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
11142 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11143 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11144 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
11145 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
11149 static const struct
11154 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
11155 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
11156 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
11157 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
11158 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
11159 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
11160 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
11161 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
11162 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
11163 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
11164 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
11165 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
11166 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
11167 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
11168 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
11169 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
11170 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
11171 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
11172 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
11173 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
11174 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
11175 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
11176 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
11177 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
11178 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
11179 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
11180 /* For properties of font. */
11181 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
11182 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
11183 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
11184 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
11185 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
11186 /* Ghostscript support. */
11187 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
11188 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
11189 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
11190 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("HORIZONTAL_SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
)
11191 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
11193 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
11194 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
11195 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
11196 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
11197 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
11198 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
11199 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
11200 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
11201 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
11202 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
11203 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
11204 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
11205 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
11206 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
11207 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
11208 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
11209 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
11210 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
11211 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
11212 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
11213 /* Session management */
11214 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
11215 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
11216 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
11220 enum { atom_count
= ARRAYELTS (atom_refs
) };
11221 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN. */
11222 enum { total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
};
11223 Atom atoms_return
[total_atom_count
];
11224 char *atom_names
[total_atom_count
];
11225 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
11226 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
11227 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
11229 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
11230 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
11232 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name. */
11233 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
11234 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
11235 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
11237 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
11238 False
, atoms_return
);
11240 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
11241 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
11243 /* Manually copy last atom. */
11244 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
11247 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
11248 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
11249 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
11251 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
11252 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
11255 x_setup_pointer_blanking (dpyinfo
);
11258 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
11261 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
11263 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
11264 if (dpyinfo
->connection
!= 0)
11265 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
11268 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
11269 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
11271 if (interrupt_input
)
11272 init_sigio (dpyinfo
->connection
);
11276 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
11279 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
11280 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
11281 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
11282 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
11283 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
11284 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
11285 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
11286 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
11287 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
11289 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
11290 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
11291 /* Do not free XFontStruct returned by the above call to XQueryFont.
11292 This leads to X protocol errors at XtCloseDisplay (Bug#18403). */
11293 x_uncatch_errors ();
11297 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
11298 for debugging X code. */
11300 AUTO_STRING (synchronous
, "synchronous");
11301 AUTO_STRING (Synchronous
, "Synchronous");
11302 Lisp_Object value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, synchronous
,
11303 Synchronous
, Qnil
, Qnil
);
11304 if (STRINGP (value
)
11305 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
11306 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
11307 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
11311 AUTO_STRING (useXIM
, "useXIM");
11312 AUTO_STRING (UseXIM
, "UseXIM");
11313 Lisp_Object value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, useXIM
, UseXIM
,
11316 if (STRINGP (value
)
11317 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
11318 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
11321 if (STRINGP (value
)
11322 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
11323 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
11329 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
11330 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
11331 tty or started as a daemon. */
11332 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && ! IS_DAEMON
)
11333 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
11341 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
11342 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
11345 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
11347 struct terminal
*t
;
11349 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
11351 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
11352 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
11355 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
11356 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
11357 x_session_close ();
11359 delete_terminal (t
);
11363 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
11364 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
11366 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
11367 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
11370 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
11372 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
11373 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
11374 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
11377 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
11378 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
11379 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
11383 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11385 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
11386 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
11387 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
11388 that slows us down. */
11391 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
11394 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= false;
11395 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
11397 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
11398 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
11399 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
11400 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
11405 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
11406 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
11407 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
11408 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
11409 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
11410 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
11411 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
11414 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
11417 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
11419 struct timespec interval
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
11420 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
11421 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= true;
11426 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11429 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
11431 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
11433 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
11437 x_clear_end_of_line
,
11439 x_after_update_window_line
,
11440 x_update_window_begin
,
11441 x_update_window_end
,
11443 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
11444 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
11445 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
11446 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
11447 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
11448 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
11449 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
11450 x_draw_glyph_string
,
11451 x_define_frame_cursor
,
11452 x_clear_frame_area
,
11453 x_draw_window_cursor
,
11454 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
11455 x_draw_window_divider
,
11456 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
, /* Never called; see comment in function. */
11462 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
11464 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
11466 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
11468 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
11469 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
11470 if (!terminal
->name
)
11475 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
11478 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
11481 /* Normally, the display is available... */
11482 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
11484 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
11485 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
11487 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
11488 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
11489 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
11490 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
11492 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
11493 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
11494 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
11495 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
11496 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
11497 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
11498 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
11499 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
11500 leaks in other situations. */
11502 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
11503 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
11505 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
11507 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
11508 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
11509 closing all the displays. */
11510 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
11514 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
11516 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11517 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
11519 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
11521 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
11522 /* Do not close the connection here because it's already closed
11523 by X(t)CloseDisplay (Bug#18403). */
11524 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
11527 /* ...but if called from x_connection_closed, the display may already
11528 be closed and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. Since
11529 X server is most likely gone, explicit close is the only reliable
11530 way to continue and avoid Bug#19147. */
11531 else if (dpyinfo
->connection
>= 0)
11532 emacs_close (dpyinfo
->connection
);
11534 /* No more input on this descriptor. */
11535 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
11536 /* Mark as dead. */
11537 dpyinfo
->connection
= -1;
11539 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
11543 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
11544 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
11546 static struct terminal
*
11547 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
11549 struct terminal
*terminal
;
11551 terminal
= create_terminal (output_x_window
, &x_redisplay_interface
);
11553 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
11554 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
11556 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
11558 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
11559 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
11560 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
11561 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
11562 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
11563 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
11564 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
11565 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
11566 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
11567 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
11568 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
11569 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
11570 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
11571 terminal
->menu_show_hook
= x_menu_show
;
11572 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
11573 terminal
->popup_dialog_hook
= xw_popup_dialog
;
11575 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
11576 terminal
->set_horizontal_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_horizontal_scroll_bar
;
11577 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
11578 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
11579 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
11580 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
11581 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
11582 /* Other hooks are NULL by default. */
11588 x_initialize (void)
11593 any_help_event_p
= false;
11594 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
11597 current_count
= -1;
11600 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
11601 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
11603 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11604 XtToolkitInitialize ();
11606 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
11608 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
11609 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
11610 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
11611 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
11612 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
11613 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
11614 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
11616 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
11619 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11621 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
11622 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
11626 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
11627 original error handler. */
11628 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
11629 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
11636 /* Emacs can handle only core input events, so make sure
11637 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
11638 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
11643 syms_of_xterm (void)
11645 x_error_message
= NULL
;
11647 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
11648 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
11651 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
11652 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
11654 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
11657 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
11658 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
11659 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
11660 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
11661 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
11662 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
11663 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
11665 x_use_underline_position_properties
= true;
11667 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
11668 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
11669 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
11670 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
11671 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
11672 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
11673 x_underline_at_descent_line
= false;
11675 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
11676 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
11677 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
11678 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
11679 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
11680 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
11681 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
11682 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
11683 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= false;
11685 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
11686 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
11687 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
11688 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
11689 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
11690 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
11691 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11693 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
11694 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
11695 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
11697 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
11699 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
11702 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
11705 DEFSYM (Qmodifier_value
, "modifier-value");
11706 DEFSYM (Qalt
, "alt");
11707 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
11708 DEFSYM (Qhyper
, "hyper");
11709 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
11710 DEFSYM (Qmeta
, "meta");
11711 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
11712 DEFSYM (Qsuper
, "super");
11713 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
11715 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
11716 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
11717 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11718 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
11719 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
11720 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
11722 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
11723 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
11724 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11725 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
11726 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
11727 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
11729 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
11730 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
11731 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11732 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
11733 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
11734 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
11736 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
11737 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11738 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11739 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11740 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11741 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
11743 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
11744 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11745 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
11746 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
11747 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
11750 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-frame-normalize-before-maximize",
11751 x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
,
11752 doc
: /* Non-nil means normalize frame before maximizing.
11753 If this variable is t, Emacs first asks the window manager to give the
11754 frame its normal size, and only then the final state, whenever changing
11755 from a full-height, full-width or full-both state to the maximized one
11756 or when changing from the maximized to the full-height or full-width
11759 Set this variable only if your window manager cannot handle the
11760 transition between the various maximization states. */);
11761 x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
= false;